UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
| |
|
|
For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2006
|
| |
Commission
file number 1-6187 |
ALBERTSONS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
| |
|
|
| Delaware
|
|
82-0184434 |
|
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
| |
|
|
| 250 Parkcenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho
|
|
83726 |
|
|
|
|
| (Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
(208) 395-6200
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
| |
|
|
| Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
|
|
|
|
| Common Stock, $1.00 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
Pacific Stock Exchange |
| |
|
|
| Mandatory Convertible Security
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
(17 CFR section 405) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
| Large Accelerated Filer þ
|
|
Accelerated Filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated Filer o |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as
of August 4, 2005 (the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal
quarter) was approximately $7.6 billion.
The number
of shares of the registrants common stock, $1.00 par value,
outstanding as of March 24,
2006 was 370,992,223.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Listed hereunder are the documents, any portions of which are incorporated by reference and the
Parts of this Form 10-K into which such portions are incorporated: None.
ALBERTSONS, INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Cautionary Statement for Purposes of Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this and other documents
disseminated by the Company, including statements regarding the Companys expected financial
performance, are forward-looking information as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995. In reviewing such information about the future performance of the Company, it should
be kept in mind that actual results may differ materially from those projected or suggested in such
forward-looking information since predictions regarding future results of operations and other
future events are subject to inherent uncertainties. These statements may relate to, among other
things: completion of the pending sale of the Company; statements of expectation regarding the
Companys future results of operations; investing to increase sales; changes in cash flow;
increases in general liability costs, workers compensation costs and employee benefit costs;
attainment of cost reduction goals; achieving sales increases and increases in comparable and
identical sales; competing effectively; opening and remodeling stores; and the Companys five
strategic imperatives. These statements are indicated by words or phrases such as expects,
plans, believes, estimate and goal.
Important assumptions and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those set forth in the forward-looking information include the Companys ability to
complete the pending sale of the Company; changes in consumer spending; actions taken by new or
existing competitors (including nontraditional competitors), particularly those intended to improve
their market share (such as pricing and promotional activities); labor negotiations; adverse
determinations with respect to, or the need to increase reserves for, litigation, taxes or other
claims (including environmental matters); financial difficulties experienced by third-party
insurance providers; employee benefit costs; the Companys ability to recruit, retain and develop
employees; the Companys ability to develop new stores or complete remodels as rapidly as planned;
the Companys ability to implement new technology successfully; stability of product costs; the
Companys ability to integrate the operations of and realize synergies from acquired or merged
companies; the Companys ability to execute its restructuring plans; the Companys ability to
achieve its five strategic imperatives; the factors listed in Item 1A Risk Factors in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K; and other factors affecting the Companys business in or beyond the
Companys control. These other factors include changes in the rate of inflation; changes in state
or federal legislation or regulation; the cost and stability of energy sources; the continued
safety of the products the Company sells; changes in the general economy; changes in interest
rates; and the occurrence of natural disasters.
Other factors and assumptions not identified above could also cause the actual results to differ
materially from those projected or suggested in the forward-looking information. The Company does
not undertake to update forward-looking information contained herein or elsewhere to reflect actual
results, changes in predictions, assumptions, estimates or changes in other factors affecting such
forward-looking information.
Item 1. Business.
General
Albertsons, Inc. (Albertsons or the Company) is incorporated under the laws of the State of
Delaware and is the successor to a business founded by J. A. Albertson in 1939. The Companys
general offices are located at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83706 and its telephone
number is (208) 395-6200. Information about the Company is available on the internet at
www.albertsons.com. Information on the Companys website is not a part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Based on sales, the Company is one of the largest retail food and drug chains in the world. As of
February 2, 2006, the Companys divisions and subsidiaries operated 2,471 retail stores in 37
states.
The Companys operations are within a single operating segment, the retail sale of food and drug
merchandise. All of the Companys operations are within the United States. As of February 2, 2006,
the Companys divisions and subsidiaries operated stores under the banners Albertsons, Acme,
Bristol Farms, Grocery Warehouse, Jewel, Jewel-Osco, Max Foods, Osco Drug, Sav-on Drug, Shaws,
Star Market, Super Saver and Lazy Acres. The Company has invested in these brands, their
development and their protection and considers them important assets.
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Thursday nearest to January 31st. As a result, the Companys
fiscal years include a 53rd week every five to six years. The Companys fiscal year ended February
2, 2006 (2005) contained 52 weeks. Fiscal years ended February 3, 2005 (2004) and January 29,
2004 (2003) contained 53 and 52 weeks, respectively. The Companys sales, earnings from
continuing operations, net earnings, total assets and long-term debt
and capital lease obligations for the past five fiscal years are
included on page 15 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
3
All dollar amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are in millions, except per share data and
the compensation information included in Item 11 of Part III.
Definitive Agreement to Sell Company
On January 22, 2006, Albertsons entered into a series of agreements (the Agreements) providing
for the sale of Albertsons to SUPERVALU INC. (Supervalu), CVS Corporation (CVS) and a
consortium of investors including Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Kimco Realty Corporation,
Lubert-Adler Management, Inc., Klaff Realty, L.P. and Schottenstein Stores Corporation (the
Cerberus Group). As a result of a series of transactions provided for under the Agreements (the
Transactions), Albertsons shareholders will ultimately be entitled to receive $20.35 in cash
and 0.182 shares of Supervalu common stock for each share of
Albertsons common stock that they
held before the Transactions. The Transactions are subject to approval by Albertsons shareholders
and Supervalus shareholders as well as antitrust clearance and the satisfaction or waiver of other
customary closing conditions (see Subsequent Event in
Item 7). The Transactions are currently anticipated to be completed in the
second quarter of calendar year 2006, but the completion of the Transactions could be delayed if,
among other things, all necessary approvals are not obtained by that
time. The Company may be required to pay to Supervalu a termination
fee of $276 if the merger agreement is terminated under certain
specified circumstances.
Retail Formats
As of February 2, 2006, the Companys retail operations were organized into seven divisions, based
primarily on geographic boundaries, and two independently managed subsidiaries. Division and
subsidiary staff are responsible for day-to-day operations and executing marketing and
merchandising programs. This structure allows the division and subsidiary level employees, who are
closest to the customer, to implement strategies tailored to each of the neighborhoods that the
Company serves.
The Company identifies each of its stores as one of the following: combination food-drug store,
conventional store (which includes non-Extreme Inc. warehouse stores), stand-alone drugstore,
Bristol Farms store or Extreme Inc. store. The Company also operates fuel centers near existing
stores and online grocery and drugstore websites.
The Companys combination food-drug stores combine grocery and drug stores under one roof. Most of
these stores include a complete grocery offering, prescription drugs and an expanded section of
cosmetics and general merchandise in addition to specialty departments such as service seafood and
meat, bakery, lobby/video, service delicatessen, liquor and floral. Many of these stores also offer
meal centers, party supply centers, coffee bars, in-store banks, photo processing and destination
categories for beverages, snacks, pet care products, paper products and baby care merchandise.
These services and product offerings allow easy, one-stop shopping. Combination
food-drug stores are typically located in neighborhood shopping centers and range in size from
35,000 to 60,000 square feet. As of February 2, 2006, the Companys divisions operated 1,495
combination food-drug stores.
Conventional food stores are less than 35,000 square feet and focus their product and service
offerings primarily on food departments. Conventional stores offer many of the same product and
service offerings as combination food-drug stores, but on a limited basis. As of February 2, 2006,
the Companys divisions operated 237 conventional stores.
The Companys stand-alone drugstores offer convenient shopping and prescription pickup as well as a
wide assortment of general merchandise, health and beauty care products, over-the-counter
medication, greeting cards and photo processing. Many newer stores have expanded their product
offerings to include limited grocery and convenience items requiring freezing or refrigeration. The
Companys stand-alone drugstores are typically located on corners and in shopping centers and many
offer a drive-thru pharmacy. As of February 2, 2006, the Companys divisions operated 700
stand-alone drugstores.
During 2004 the Company began an intense focus on format differentiation with the introduction of
Extreme Inc. and the acquisition of Bristol Farms. Extreme Inc. is an independently managed
subsidiary that operates price impact stores in and around Dallas, Texas; Baton Rouge, Louisiana;
Salt Lake City, Utah; and various cities in Florida. These low-price, limited-service stores
feature an innovative new store design coupled with a unique merchandising format tailored to the
individual demands of customers, which often vary by neighborhood. As of February 2, 2006, Extreme
Inc. operated 27 stores under the Super Saver banner.
In September 2004 the Company acquired Bristol Farms, a gourmet and specialty food retailer. As of
February 2, 2006, Bristol Farms (an independently managed subsidiary) operated 12 stores in
Southern California. Bristol Farms stores offer gourmet and natural product assortments in stores
that range in size from 7,200 to 29,700 square feet. In addition, Bristol Farms offers premium
catering services and several stores offer in-store dining.
As of February 2, 2006, the Company operated 238 fuel centers in 22 states. Fuel centers are
located in the parking lots of stores operated by the Companys divisions and subsidiaries. Fuel
centers generally feature three to six fuel pumps and a small building, ranging in size from a
pay-only kiosk to a convenience store.
4
The Company operates its own grocery delivery websites under the names Albertsons.com and
Acmemarkets.com. As of February 2, 2006, Albertsons operated its grocery delivery websites in
parts of Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada, New Jersey, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah and
Washington. By using its brick-and-mortar stores as fulfillment sites, Albertsons has evolved its
online model to take advantage of its retail grocery expertise, brand recognition and existing
infrastructure. With six years of experience, Albertsons.com and Acmemarkets.com offer a reliable
and proven online service that delivers products direct from our stores to the customer.
The Company also operates its own nationwide online pharmacy service under the name Savon.com.
This website offers new and refill prescriptions, sundry items and consumer health information. It
allows customers across the country the freedom to have new or refilled prescriptions ready for
pickup at any pharmacy operated by the Company, or mailed to their location of preference.
Distribution Centers and Suppliers
The Companys retail operations are supported by 19 major Company distribution centers. These
distribution centers provide product to stores operated by the Companys divisions and
subsidiaries.
In an effort to obtain merchandise at the lowest possible cost, the Company also supplies stores
through outside suppliers and directly from manufacturers. The Company believes that it is not
dependent on any one supplier and considers its relations with its suppliers to be satisfactory.
Marketing and Merchandising
The Companys brand promise is Working Hard to Make Life Easier for Our Customers. This is
reinforced to customers through associate education and print and media advertising.
With the Companys brand promise in mind, the Company strives to merchandise stores that cater to
the neighborhoods it serves. For example, some stores offer a variety of products in categories
such as Asian, Hispanic and kosher foods.
In addition, a principal component of the Companys merchandising strategy is to offer a broad
array of products and time-saving services that are part of a solution to todays lifestyle
demands. The Companys dual branding initiative is designed to serve this merchandising strategy.
One of Albertsons strategic advantages in todays marketplace comes from the Companys unique
expertise in operating food stores and drugstores. Albertsons has decades of experience in
operating these two formats. This unique position in the marketplace has enabled the Company to
bring together separate retail brands, creating dual branded stores that leverage the Companys
separate food and drug expertise and brand equity and make life easier for customers by providing
one-stop shopping for food and drug needs. The Company began expanding the dual branding concept in
2001 and continued to roll-out the dual branding concept through 2005. The Company expects to
continue to dual brand stores in nearly every market in 2006. As of February 2, 2006, 1,167 of the
stores operated by the Companys divisions were dual branded.
The Company continues to test additional ways to further the Companys brand promise by adding to
its stores natural and organic sections, international food sections, in-store bakeries and
delicatessens, prepared foods sections and gourmet coffee service. Some stores also feature a
selection of prepared foods and daily selections of home meal replacement items, such as rotisserie
chicken, fried chicken, tamales, meat loaf and other dinner entrees as well as sandwiches,
pre-packaged salads and prepared fresh vegetables. The Company is also expanding the bakery in some
stores, offering expanded selections of baked goods and self-service
items. Finally, the
Company has joined forces with other retailers (including Toys R Us®, Starbucks® and Office Depot®)
to provide a wider selection of quality merchandise to its customers.
All of the
Companys stores carry a broad range of national brands in
addition to Our Own Brands (or
private label) products in many merchandise categories. During 2003, the Company launched its
premium own brand, essensia products and in 2004 launched equaline and HomeLife, its own brand
products in the health and beauty and general merchandise categories. As of February 2, 2006, the
Company offered 253 products under the essensia brand, 1,286 products under the equaline brand
and 398 products under the HomeLife brand. The Companys stores provide consumer information such
as nutritional signing in the meat and produce departments, freshness code dating, unit pricing,
meal ideas and food information pamphlets.
Associates
As of February 2, 2006, the Company employed approximately 234,000 associates, of which
approximately 52% were covered by collective bargaining agreements, primarily with the United Food
and Commercial Workers and International Brotherhood of
5
Teamsters.
Labor agreements covering approximately 7,000 associates will expire during 2006.
Negotiations with respect to some of these contracts have commenced. There can be no assurances
that the Company will be able to successfully renegotiate its union contracts without work
stoppages or on acceptable terms.
The Company considers its present relations with associates to be satisfactory. The Company values
its associates and believes that associate loyalty, enthusiasm and commitment are key elements of
its operating performance.
Environmental
The Company has identified environmental contamination sites related primarily to underground
petroleum storage tanks and groundwater contamination at various store, warehouse, office and
manufacturing facilities (related to current operations as well as previously disposed of
properties). The Company conducts an ongoing program for the inspection and evaluation of potential
new sites and the remediation and monitoring of contamination at existing and previously owned
sites. Although the ultimate outcome and expense of environmental remediation is uncertain, the
Company believes that the costs of any required remediation and continuing compliance with
environmental laws, in excess of current reserves, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. Environmental remediation
costs were not material in 2005, 2004 or 2003.
Government Regulation
The Company is subject to regulation by a variety of government agencies including, but not limited
to, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and other federal, state and
local agencies. The Companys stores are also subject to local laws regarding zoning, land use, the
sale of restricted products including tobacco, alcohol and pseudoephedrines, food preparation and
sanitation. In recent years, an increasing number of legislative proposals have been introduced and
passed in Congress and in some state legislatures that could result in major changes in health care
coverage, delivery and reimbursement, both nationally and at the state level. For example,
Congress passed the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, which
included new prescription drug benefits for Medicare participants. Also, in recent years, both
federal and state authorities have proposed or passed new legislation that imposes on pharmacies
significant additional obligations concerning the protection of confidential patient medical
records and information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA,
imposes certain requirements, including the protection of confidential patient medical records and
other information. The Company believes that its locations comply, in all material respects, with
such laws and regulations.
Competition
Food, drug and general merchandise retailing involves intense competition with numerous
competitors. Direct competition comes from a variety of sources, including supermarket chains,
independent and specialty grocers, specialty retailers and large-scale drug retailers. Increasing
competition also exists from convenience stores, prepared-food retailers and Internet and mail
order retailers. The biggest competitive impact on the food retailing industry, however, has been
the growth of low-price retailers, primarily supercenters and discount stores. The rapid growth of
the low-price format has demonstrated that while convenience, quality, product assortment and customer
service remain important factors in creating a competitive advantage, price is increasingly a
significant driver of consumer choice in the food retailing industry.
Seasonality
The Company is subject to effects of seasonality. Sales have historically been higher in the
Companys fourth quarter than other quarters due to the holiday season and the increase in cold and
flu occurrences.
Available Information
The Company makes available its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section
13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 free of charge through the Companys website
at www.albertsons.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such
material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
6
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The
following are certain risk factors that could affect the
Companys business, results of operations and
financial condition. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the
forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could
cause the Companys actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those projected in the
forward-looking statements. Before investing in the Company, investors should know that making such an
investment involves some risks, including the risks described below. The risks that are described
below are not the only ones the Company faces. If any of the following risks occur, the Companys
business, results of operations or financial condition could be negatively affected.
The sale of Albertsons to Supervalu, CVS and the Cerberus Group is subject to certain closing
conditions that, if not satisfied or waived, will result in the Transactions not being
completed, which may cause the market price of Albertsons common
stock to decline.
The pending sale of Albertsons is subject to customary conditions to closing, including the receipt
of required approvals of the shareholders of Albertsons and Supervalu and regulatory approvals.
Many of the conditions to the closing of the Transactions are outside of the control of Albertsons.
If any condition to the closing of the Transactions is not satisfied or, if permissible, waived,
the Transactions will not be completed.
If Albertsons does not complete the Transactions, the market price of Albertsons common stock may
fluctuate to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the
Transactions will be completed. Albertsons will also be obligated to pay certain investment
banking, financing, legal and accounting fees and related expenses in connection with the
Transactions, whether or not the Transactions are completed. In addition, Albertsons has expended,
and will continue to expend, significant management resources in an effort to complete the
Transactions. If the Transactions are not completed, Albertsons will have incurred significant
costs, including the diversion of management resources, for which they will have received little or
no benefit. Further, Albertsons may be required to pay to Supervalu a termination fee of $276 if the merger agreement is terminated under certain
specified circumstances.
Whether or not the Transactions are completed, the announcement and pendency of the Transactions
could cause disruptions in the Companys business, which could have an adverse effect on its
business and financial results.
Whether or not the Transactions are completed, the announcement and pendency of the Transactions
could cause disruptions in the Companys business. Specifically:
| |
|
|
current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles
with the Company, which might adversely affect the Companys ability to retain key managers
and other employees; and |
| |
| |
|
|
the attention of management may be directed toward the completion of the Transactions,
rather than toward the execution of existing business plans. |
The Company faces a high level of competition in the retail food business and the competition
the Company encounters may have a negative impact on the prices it may charge for products and
the Companys revenues and profitability.
The retail food and drug industries in which the Company competes are extremely competitive. The
number and type of competitors vary by location and include:
| |
|
|
national, regional and local supermarket chains; |
| |
| |
|
|
independent and specialty grocers; and |
| |
| |
|
|
nontraditional food stores, such as supercenters, club stores, specialty retailers
(such as pet centers and toy stores) and large scale drug retailers. |
The Company also faces increasing competition from convenience stores, prepared food retailers and
Internet and mail-order retailers.
The Companys principal competitors compete primarily on the basis of price, quality of products,
product assortment, service and store location. An overall lack of inflation in food prices and
increasingly competitive markets have made it difficult generally for grocery store operators to
achieve comparable store sales gains. Because sales growth has been difficult to attain,
competitors have attempted to maintain market share through increased levels of promotional
activities and discount pricing, creating a more difficult
7
environment in which to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Price-based competition has
also, from time to time, adversely affected the Companys operating margins.
The Company faces increased competitive pressure in its markets from existing competitors and from
the threatened entry by one or more major new competitors. Some of the Companys nontraditional
competitors are not unionized and therefore have lower labor costs, which allows them to take
measures that could adversely affect the Companys competitive position. The Companys business,
financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected by competitive factors,
including product mix and pricing changes that the Company may make in response to competition from
existing or new competitors.
The Company could experience
labor disputes that could disrupt its business.
As of February 2, 2006, approximately 52% of the Companys employees were represented by unions and
covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements that are subject to periodic renegotiations.
Although the Company believes that it will successfully negotiate new collective bargaining
agreements as agreements expire, these negotiations:
| |
|
|
may not prove successful; |
| |
| |
|
|
may result in a significant increase in the cost of labor; or |
| |
| |
|
|
may break down and result in the disruption of the
Companys operations. |
The
Company cannot provide assurances that its labor negotiations will conclude successfully or that any
work stoppage or labor disturbances will not occur. Any future work stoppages or labor disturbances
may have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition and results of operations.
The
Company is affected by increasing labor costs, which could adversely
affect the Companys business and
results of operations.
The Companys labor costs have increased in the past, partially due to increases in the
contributions Albertsons is required to make under union-sponsored multiemployer pension plans and
health and welfare plans. Contribution amounts are established under collective bargaining
agreements, which are up for renewal at varying times over the next several years. If the pension
plan and health and welfare plan provisions of certain of these collective bargaining agreements
cannot be renegotiated in a manner that reduces the Companys prospective pension and health and
welfare costs as the Company intends, selling, general and administrative expenses could increase,
possibly significantly, in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
business and results of operation.
Additionally, with regard to the multiemployer pension plans under collective bargaining
agreements, primarily for defined benefit pension plans, the Internal Revenue Code and related
regulations establish minimum funding requirements. If any multiemployer defined benefit pension
plan to which the Company makes contributions fails to satisfy these requirements, and the trustees
of such plan have not obtained waivers of the minimum funding requirements from the Internal
Revenue Service, reduced pension benefits to a level where the requirements are satisfied, or made
other adjustments, the Internal Revenue Code imposes an excise tax on all employers participating
in the plan to correct the funding deficiency, which would also cause the Companys selling,
general and administrative expenses to increase, and any such increase may be significant. Further,
in the event of the Companys withdrawal from any of the multiemployer defined benefit pension
plans, it could incur withdrawal liability under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, and any such liability may be significant.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
During the past ten fiscal years, the Company has built or acquired 1,952 stores. Approximately 83%
of the Companys retail square footage has been opened, acquired or remodeled during this period.
The Company currently prefers to finance the construction of most new retail store and distribution
facilities internally, thus retaining ownership of its land and buildings. During 2006, the
Companys internal expansion plans are expected to be financed primarily from cash provided by
operating activities. The Company has and expects to continue to finance a portion of its new
stores through lease transactions when it does not have the opportunity to own the properties.
8
Retail Stores
As of February 2, 2006, the Company held title to both the land and buildings of approximately 38%
of the Companys stores and held title to the buildings on leased land of an additional 11% of the
Companys stores. The Company also holds title to the land and buildings of most of its
administrative offices and distribution facilities.
The Companys stores are located in 37 states. The table below is a summary of the Companys
stores by state and classification as of February 2, 2006:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Combination |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conventional |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Food-Drug |
|
|
Stand-Alone |
|
|
Food |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Stores |
|
|
Drugstores |
|
|
Stores |
|
|
Stores (a) |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Fuel Centers (b) |
|
| |
Arizona |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Arkansas |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
California |
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
775 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Colorado |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Connecticut |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Florida |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Idaho |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Illinois |
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
Indiana |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Iowa |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
Kansas |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
Louisiana |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Maine |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
Maryland |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Massachusetts |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
|
Michigan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Minnesota |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Missouri |
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
Montana |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Nebraska |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Nevada |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
New Hampshire |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
New Jersey |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
New Mexico |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
North Dakota |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Oklahoma |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Oregon |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Pennsylvania |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Rhode Island |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
South Dakota |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Texas |
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
Utah |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Vermont |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
Washington |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Wisconsin |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Wyoming |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
| |
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,495 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
2,471 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Square
Footage by Store
Type (000s) |
|
|
81,653 |
|
|
|
12,490 |
|
|
|
6,684 |
|
|
|
1,799 |
|
|
|
102,626 |
|
|
|
(b |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| (a) |
|
Includes 12 Bristol Farms stores and 27 Extreme Inc. stores. |
| |
| (b) |
|
All fuel centers are located adjacent to retail stores, therefore the Company does not count
fuel centers as separate stores. The square footage of fuel centers is included with the
square footage of adjacent stores. |
9
Distribution Facilities
During 2005, approximately 73% of the merchandise purchased for resale in the retail stores
operated by the Companys divisions and subsidiaries was received from Company distribution
centers.
The Companys distribution system consists of 19 major distribution facilities and four smaller
distribution facilities located strategically throughout the Companys operating markets. The
table below is a summary of the Companys distribution facilities and the product categories they
support, as of February 2, 2006:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Frozen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meat & |
|
Health & |
|
General |
|
|
|
|
|
Footage |
| Major Distribution Facilities |
|
Grocery |
|
Food |
|
Liquor |
|
Produce |
|
Deli |
|
Beauty |
|
Merchandise |
|
Pharmaceuticals |
|
(000s) |
| |
Melrose Park, Illinois |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,662 |
|
Lancaster, Pennsylvania |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,413 |
|
Brea, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,331 |
|
La Habra, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
1,203 |
|
Fort Worth, Texas |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,131 |
|
Plant City, Florida |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
Irvine, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,009 |
|
Elk Grove, Illinois |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
933 |
|
Vacaville, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854 |
|
Portland, Oregon |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
834 |
|
Phoenix, Arizona |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
734 |
|
Salt Lake City, Utah |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
660 |
|
Wells, Maine |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536 |
|
San Leandro, California |
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
480 |
|
Sacramento, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442 |
|
Ponca City, Oklahoma |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
420 |
|
Denver, Colorado |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388 |
|
Boise, Idaho |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302 |
|
Methuen, Massachusetts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291 |
|
Other Distribution Facilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Northborough, Massachusetts |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
Carson, California |
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
Las Vegas, Nevada |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Indianapolis, Indiana |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
| |
| |
Total Square Footage -
All Distribution Facilities
(000s) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,819 |
|
| |
The Company has expanded and improved its distribution facilities when opportunities exist to
improve service to the retail stores and generate an adequate return on invested capital. It also
examines opportunities to consolidate distribution facilities when appropriate. On November 10,
2005, the Company consummated the sale of its distribution facility in San Leandro, California.
The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $52 on the sale. Under the terms of the
agreement, the Company has committed to lease the facility from the buyer through August 2006 and
has the right to extend the term for an additional period of two months.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
The Company is subject to various lawsuits, claims and other legal matters that arise in the
ordinary course of conducting business.
In April 2000 a class action complaint was filed against Albertsons as well as American Stores
Company, American Drug Stores, Inc., Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc. and Lucky Stores, Inc., wholly owned
subsidiaries of the Company, in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California
(Gardner, et al. v. American Stores Company, et al.) by assistant managers seeking recovery of
overtime pay based upon plaintiffs allegation that they were improperly classified as exempt under
California law. In May 2001 a class action with respect to Sav-on Drug Stores assistant managers
was certified by the court. A case with very similar claims, involving the Sav-on Drug Stores
assistant managers and operating managers, was also filed in April 2000 against the Companys
subsidiary Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc. in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California
(Rocher, Dahlin, et al. v. Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc.) and was also certified as a class action. In
April 2002 the Court of Appeal of the State of California Second Appellate District reversed the
Rocher class certification, leaving only two plaintiffs. However, on August 26, 2004, the
California Supreme Court reversed this decision and remanded the case to the trial court. The
Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against these lawsuits and is
10
vigorously defending them. Although these lawsuits are subject to the uncertainties inherent in the
litigation process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does
not expect that the ultimate resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on
the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2000 an agreement was reached and court approval granted to settle eight purported
class and/or collective actions which were consolidated in the United States District Court in
Boise, Idaho and which raised various issues including off-the-clock work allegations and
allegations regarding certain salaried grocery managers exempt status. Under the settlement
agreement, current and former employees who met eligibility criteria have been allowed to present
their off-the-clock work claims to a claims administrator. Additionally, current and former
grocery managers employed in the State of California have been allowed to present their exempt
status claims to a claims administrator. The Company mailed notices of the settlement and claims
forms to approximately 70,500 associates and former associates. Approximately 6,000 claim forms
were returned, of which approximately 5,000 were deemed by the claims administrator to be incapable
of valuation, presumed untimely, or both (the Unvalued Claims). The claims administrator was able
to assign a value to approximately 1,080 claims although the value of many of those claims is still
subject to challenge by either party. Two other claims processes occurred during 2004. First,
there was a supplemental mailing and in-store posting directed toward a narrow subset of current
and former associates. This process resulted in approximately 260 individuals submitting claims
documents. Second, in response to the Courts instruction to plaintiffs counsel to submit
supplemental and/or corrected information for the Unvalued Claims, plaintiffs counsel submitted
such information for approximately 4,700 of the Unvalued Claims in 2005.
The claims administrator has been assigning values to claims as a result of the 2004 claims
process. The value of these claims will likewise be subject to challenge by either party. The
Company raised certain challenges to the claims process, including the supplemental information
submitted by plaintiffs counsel in 2005, and valuation protocols; on January 4, 2006, the court
granted in part the Companys motion and directed the claims administrator to value the claims
disregarding certain information. Presently pending before the court is a motion filed by the
plaintiffs making further challenge to the process. The Company is presently unable to determine
the amounts that it may ultimately be required to pay with respect to all claims properly
submitted. Based on the information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that the satisfaction of valid claims submitted pursuant to the settlement will have a material
adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On October 13, 2000, a complaint was filed in Los Angeles County Superior Court (Joanne Kay Ward et
al. v. Albertsons, Inc. et al.) alleging that Albertsons, Lucky Stores and Sav-on Drug Stores paid
terminating employees their final paychecks in an untimely manner. The lawsuit seeks statutory
penalties. On January 4, 2005, the case was certified as a class action. The Company believes that
it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is vigorously defending it. Although this lawsuit
is subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information
presently available to the Company, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this
lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
On February 2, 2004, the Attorney General for the State of California filed an action in Los
Angeles federal court (California, ex rel Lockyer v. Safeway, Inc. dba Vons, a Safeway Company,
Albertsons, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company, a division of The Kroger Co., United States District
Court Central District of California, Case No. CV04-0687) claiming that certain provisions of the
agreements (the Labor Dispute Agreements) between the Company, The Kroger Co. and Safeway Inc.
(the Retailers), which provided for lock-outs in the event that any Retailer was struck at any
or all of its Southern California facilities during the 2003-2004 labor dispute in Southern
California when the other Retailers were not and contained a provision designed to prevent the
union from placing disproportionate pressure on one or more Retailer by picketing such Retailer(s)
but not the other Retailer(s) during the labor dispute violate Section 1 of the Sherman Act. The
lawsuit seeks declarative, injunctive and other legal and equitable relief. The Retailers motion for summary judgment was
denied on May 26, 2005 and the Retailers appeal of that decision was dismissed on November 29,
2005. The Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is
vigorously defending it. Although this lawsuit is subject to uncertainties inherent in the
litigation process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does
not expect that the ultimate resolution of this action will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2004 a lawsuit seeking class action status was filed against Albertsons in the Superior
Court of the State of California in and for the County of Alameda, California (Dunbar v.
Albertsons, Inc.) by a grocery manager seeking recovery including overtime pay based upon
plaintiffs allegation that he and other grocery managers were improperly classified as exempt
under California law. Class certification was denied in June 2005 and plaintiffs have appealed. The
Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is vigorously
defending it. Although this lawsuit is subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation
process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that the ultimate resolution of this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
11
In July 2004 a case similar to Dunbar involving salaried drug/merchandise managers was filed in the
same court (Victoria A. Moore, et al. v. Albertsons, Inc.). In March 2005 the parties reached a
tentative settlement. On March 10, 2006, the court granted final approval to the settlement. Based on information presently available to the Company, management does not
expect that payments under this settlement will have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On January 24, 2006, a putative class action complaint was filed in the Fourth Judicial District of
the State of Idaho in and for the County of Ada, naming Albertsons and its directors as defendants.
The action (Christopher Carmona v. Henry Bryant et al., No. CV-OC-0601251), which has been removed
to the United States District Court for the District of Idaho, challenges the merger agreement
entered into in connection with the pending sale of the Company and related transactions.
Specifically, the complaint alleges that Albertsons and its directors violated applicable law by
directly breaching and/or aiding the other defendants breaches of their fiduciary duties,
including by failing to value Albertsons properly and by ignoring conflicts of interest. Among
other things, the complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to enjoin the
completion of the Transactions. Albertsons believes that the claims asserted in this action are
without merit and intends to defend this suit vigorously. Although this lawsuit is subject to the
uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information presently available to
the Company, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this lawsuit will have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is also involved in routine legal proceedings incidental to its operations. Some of
these routine proceedings involve class allegations, many of which are ultimately dismissed.
Management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings will have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The statements above reflect managements current expectations based on the information presently
available to the Company. However, predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating
related costs and exposures involve substantial uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes,
costs and exposures to vary materially from current expectations. In addition, the Company
regularly monitors its exposure to the loss contingencies associated with these matters and may
from time to time change its predictions with respect to outcomes and its estimates with respect to
related costs and exposures. It is possible that material differences in actual outcomes, costs
and exposures relative to current predictions and estimates, or material changes in such
predictions or estimates, could have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 3A. Executive Officers of the Registrant.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Age as of |
|
|
|
Date First Appointed |
| Name |
|
3/31/06 |
|
Position |
|
as an Executive Officer |
| |
Lawrence R. Johnston |
|
57 |
|
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President |
|
04/23/01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Romeo R. Cefalo |
|
56 |
|
Executive Vice President, New Store Formats and Development |
|
03/21/00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Dunst, Jr. |
|
45 |
|
Executive Vice President, Technology and Supply Chain |
|
11/19/01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul T. Gannon |
|
53 |
|
Executive Vice President, Marketing and Food Operations |
|
09/13/04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kathy J. Herbert |
|
52 |
|
Executive Vice President, Human Resources |
|
09/17/01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Duncan C. Mac Naughton |
|
43 |
|
Executive Vice President, Merchandising |
|
02/04/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John R. Sims |
|
56 |
|
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
03/25/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Felicia D. Thornton |
|
42 |
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
08/22/01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin H. Tripp |
|
51 |
|
Executive Vice President, Drug Operations and President, Drug Division |
|
12/11/00 |
Lawrence R. Johnston has served as President since July 24, 2003 and Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer since April 23, 2001. Previously, he served as President and Chief
Executive Officer, GE Appliances (maker of major household appliances and a division of General
Electric Company, a diversified industrial corporation) from November 1999.
Romeo R. Cefalo became Executive Vice President, Real Estate, Construction, New Store Formats and
Development on February 20, 2004. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President, Operations
from March 21, 2000.
12
Robert J. Dunst, Jr. became Executive Vice President, Technology and Supply Chain on May 6, 2005.
Previously, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer from November 19,
2001; and Vice President, Applications Development, Safeway, Inc. (food and drug retailing) from
1998.
Paul T. Gannon became Executive Vice President, Marketing and Food Operations on May 6, 2005.
Previously, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer from September 13,
2004; and President and Chief Executive Officer, Shaws Division from April 2004. Prior to the
Companys acquisition of Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. in April 2004, Mr. Gannon served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. (food and drug retailing) from November 2002; President and
Chief Operating Officer Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. from May 2002; Chief Operating Officer of Shaws
Supermarkets, Inc. from February 2001; and Executive Vice President, Real Estate and Marketing of
Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. from September 1999.
Kathy J. Herbert became Executive Vice President, Human Resources on September 17, 2001.
Previously, she served as Vice President, Human Resources, Jewel-Osco Division, American Stores
Company (food and drug retailing) and subsequently Albertsons from April 1998.
Duncan C. Mac Naughton became Executive Vice President, Merchandising on April 18, 2005, and has
served as an Executive Officer since February 4, 2005. Previously he served as Senior Vice
President, Merchandising from June 18, 2004; Group Vice President, Grocery Merchandising from
November 2003; and Group Vice President, Grocery Merchandising and Own Brand, HEB Grocery Company
(food retailing) from 1998.
John R. Sims became Executive Vice President and General Counsel on March 25, 2002. Previously, he
was Vice President and Deputy General Counsel with Federated Department Stores, Inc. (department
store retailing) from 1990.
Felicia D. Thornton became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on August 22, 2001.
Previously, she was a business consultant for HASC (private real estate holdings) from January 2001
and Group Vice President, Retail Operations, The Kroger Co. (food and drug retailing) from March
2000.
Kevin H. Tripp became Executive Vice President, Drugstore Operations and President, Drug Division
on February 13, 2005. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President, Company Drugstore
Operations and President, Drug Division from February 20, 2004; Executive Vice President,
Operations and Pharmacy from May 19, 2002; and Executive Vice President, Drug and General
Merchandise from December 11, 2000.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of 2005 to a vote of security holders through
the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.
13
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
The Companys common stock is traded on both the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock
Exchange under the symbol ABS. As of March 24, 2006, there were 23,900 holders of record.
The following table sets forth the reported high and low stock prices by quarter as reported by the
New York Stock Exchange consolidated tape and dividends declared:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Common Stock Market Price |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends |
| |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Declared |
| |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
25.48 |
|
|
$ |
19.88 |
|
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
26.51 |
|
|
|
19.75 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
22.39 |
|
|
|
19.85 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
First Quarter |
|
|
23.53 |
|
|
|
19.26 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
25.93 |
|
|
$ |
22.35 |
|
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
25.80 |
|
|
|
22.30 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
27.75 |
|
|
|
22.43 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
First Quarter |
|
|
25.33 |
|
|
|
21.57 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
|
The Company has paid cash dividends on its common stock since 1959. The Company pays these
dividends at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The continuation of these payments, the
amount of such dividends and the form in which the dividends are paid (cash or stock) depend upon
many factors, including the results of operations and the financial condition of the Company.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Number (Or |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number Of |
|
Approximate Dollar |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (Or Units) |
|
Value) Of Shares |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased As Part |
|
(Or Units) That May |
| |
|
Total Number Of |
|
|
|
|
|
Of Publicly |
|
Yet Be Purchased |
| |
|
Shares (Or Units) |
|
Average Price Paid |
|
Announced Plans Or |
|
Under The Plans Or |
| Period |
|
Purchased |
|
Per Share (Or Unit) |
|
Programs (1) |
|
Programs |
| |
November 4 November 30, 2005 |
|
|
2,740 |
(2) |
|
$ |
24.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
December 1 December 31, 2005 |
|
|
104,211 |
(2) |
|
|
22.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500 |
|
January 1 February 2, 2006 |
|
|
7,994 |
(2) |
|
|
22.89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
During 2005, the Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock under its Board
authorized repurchase program, which permitted management to purchase and retire up to $500 of
the Companys common stock. The $500 repurchase program expired on December 31, 2005. |
| |
| (2) |
|
Represents shares surrendered or deemed surrendered to the Company to satisfy tax withholding
obligations in connection with the distribution of shares of stock as a result of the exercise
or other settlement of Company equity awards. |
14
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following data have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company and
should be read in conjunction with those statements.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
52 Weeks |
|
|
53 Weeks |
|
|
52 Weeks |
|
|
52 Weeks |
|
|
52 Weeks |
|
| (Dollars in millions, |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
|
January 29, |
|
|
January 30, |
|
|
January 31, |
|
| except per share data) |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
| |
Operating Results: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
$ |
40,358 |
|
|
$ |
39,810 |
|
|
$ |
35,019 |
|
|
$ |
35,316 |
|
|
$ |
36,294 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
866 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
Net earnings |
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
|
|
501 |
|
Net earnings as a percent to sales |
|
|
1.11 |
% |
|
|
1.11 |
% |
|
|
1.59 |
% |
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
$ |
1.28 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
2.18 |
|
|
$ |
1.20 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
1.24 |
|
|
|
1.27 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
|
|
2.17 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
$ |
1.20 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.22 |
|
|
$ |
1.23 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
|
|
1.22 |
|
|
|
1.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per share |
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Position: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
17,871 |
|
|
$ |
18,311 |
|
|
$ |
15,666 |
|
|
$ |
15,477 |
|
|
$ |
16,323 |
|
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations |
|
|
6,278 |
|
|
|
6,649 |
|
|
|
4,804 |
|
|
|
5,257 |
|
|
|
5,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Year End Statistic: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of stores |
|
|
2,471 |
|
|
|
2,503 |
|
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
|
2,287 |
|
|
|
2,421 |
|
The operating results include restructuring initiatives that were implemented in 2001, 2002, 2004
and 2005 (refer to Note 5 Discontinued Operations, Restructuring Activities and Closed Stores in
the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements). Although these initiatives were
similar, the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 144 Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets on February 1, 2002 required the financial
statement presentation of these actions to be dissimilar beginning with the 2002 initiative. The
Companys financial statements were restated to classify the results of operations for the 2005
restructuring that resulted in divestiture of seven stores, the 2004 restructuring that resulted in
the divestiture of 28 stores and three non-operating properties and the 2002 restructuring that
resulted in the divestiture of 95 stores and two distribution centers and the elimination of four
division offices, as discontinued operations for all periods. The operating results of the 165
stores divested under the 2001 restructuring are included in continuing operations of the Companys
financial statements for the periods prior to their sale or closure.
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Managements Overview
All dollar amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are in millions, except per share data and
the compensation information included in Item 11 of Part III.
Albertsons is one of the largest retail food and drug chains in the world, based on sales. As of
February 2, 2006, Albertsons, through its subsidiaries and divisions, operated retail stores in 37
states. These stores operate under banners including Albertsons, Acme, Bristol Farms, Grocery
Warehouse, Jewel, Jewel-Osco, Max Foods, Osco Drug, Sav-on Drug, Shaws, Star Market, Super Saver
and Lazy Acres. As of February 2, 2006, the Company employed a diverse workforce of approximately
234,000 associates. The Companys operations are within a single operating segment, the retail
sale of food and drug merchandise.
The Companys results of operations, financial position and sources and uses of cash in the current
and future periods reflect managements focus on five strategic imperatives:
15
Aggressive Cost and Process Control. Each main category of expense, including labor, is
monitored by a member of executive management. The Company committed to achieve annual cost
reductions and cost avoidance of $1,250 by the end of 2006. Through February 2, 2006, one year
ahead of schedule, the Company successfully met this goal by eliminating $1,259 of cost. The
Company believes that continued focus on marketing, merchandising and the supply chain, coupled
with savings generated through its Six Sigma program will play a key role in achieving additional
savings.
Maximize Return on Invested Capital. The Company has a formal process to review and measure
all significant investments in Company assets. The Companys goal is to hold a number one or two
market share position in each market in which it operates, or to have a plan of action which
provides a reasonable expectation of achieving this goal in order to continue to maintain an
investment in that market. This process involves a thorough review at the individual asset or store
level and at the market level. As a result of this process, the Company has taken the following
actions:
| |
|
|
In 2003, the Company closed 61 underperforming stores. |
| |
| |
|
|
In 2004, the Company exited two underperforming markets resulting in the sale or closure
of 28 stores and three non-operating properties, and implemented a new organizational
structure in its Intermountain West and Dallas/Ft. Worth Divisions intended to eliminate
layers of management and streamline operations. More importantly, however, the Company began
an intense focus on format differentiation in 2004 and made investments in Bristol Farms, a
premier fresh and specialty retailer in Southern California, and Extreme Inc., an operator
of price impact stores in and around Dallas, Texas; Baton Rouge, Louisiana; Salt Lake City,
Utah and various cities in Florida. |
| |
| |
|
|
In 2005, the Company exited one underperforming market resulting in the sale of seven
stores and sold a distribution facility in San Leandro, California. |
Customer-focused Approach to Growth. The Company intends to invest much of the savings from
its expense and process control programs back into the marketplace in order to drive sales and
earnings growth over time, although potentially at the expense of gross margin in the near term.
The Companys focus is on the following programs:
| |
|
|
Targeted investments in Southern California to enhance customer loyalty and increase
profitability. |
| |
| |
|
|
Continuation of the Check the Price program launched in September 2004, under which the
Company has lowered everyday prices on selected products. |
| |
| |
|
|
Increasing Our Own Brands product penetration through continued introductions in essensia,
the Companys premium line, equaline, the Companys new brand for health and beauty
products, HomeLife, the Companys new line of general merchandise products and the
Companys other banner product lines. |
| |
| |
|
|
Continued rollout of the new Renaissance drug store format, which provides an expanded
product selection in several key categories and an enhanced shopping experience with the
revitalized look and feel of the store compared to a traditional drugstore. |
Company-wide Focus on Technology. Albertsons utilizes technology to better serve customers,
connect with consumers and to improve operating efficiencies. In 2002, Albertsons established an
information technology plan, which called for the replacement or upgrade of over three-quarters of
the Companys systems by 2007. As the five-year strategy continues to be executed, the
Company is leveraging technology as a strategic asset throughout the Company, from supply chain,
merchandising and customer service to human resources. The Company believes that its investment in
technology systems and processes will help to create an industry leadership position and a
competitive advantage. A robust governance council manages the strategic roadmap, ensuring that
projects are on track and on time.
Energized Associates. The Albertsons leadership team is charged with creating an uplifting
atmosphere for associates and inspiring positive attitudes throughout the Company. Albertsons
believes that a team of energized associates who share a positive attitude will help to create a
competitive advantage for the Company. Associates are energized by a culture of lifelong learning,
the ability to participate in career development and advancement opportunities, diversity networks
and affinity groups and a performance management process that requires goal setting, tracking and
measuring. The Company has successfully established a pay for performance environment that
rewards associates who consistently achieve or exceed targets and deliver results. Competitive
compensation programs are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they are meeting the needs of
associates and the Company. Consistent, frequent communication from leaders is well established
through a series of weekly and monthly satellite broadcasts, a weekly online message from the CEO,
and regularly scheduled town hall meetings.
16
The Companys focus on these five strategic imperatives is designed to address the intense
competitive landscape of the retail food and drug industry. Today, direct competition comes from a
variety of sources, including supermarket chains, independent and specialty grocers, specialty
retailers and large-scale drug retailers. Increasing competition also exists from convenience
stores, prepared food retailers, Internet and mail-order retailers. The biggest competitive impact
on the food retailing industry, however, has been the growth of low price retailers, primarily
supercenters and discount stores. The rapid growth of this format has
demonstrated that while convenience,
quality, product assortment and customer service remain important factors in creating a competitive
advantage, price is increasingly a significant driver of consumer choice in the food retailing
industry.
Also impacting the retail food and drug industry is the overall economy of the United States. While
most key economic indicators impact the Companys operations to some degree, there are higher
correlations to food inflation, fuel prices and consumer confidence. As the low price retail format
continues to grow, the ability of the Company to pass along price increases in times of food
inflation is challenging, which negatively impacts gross margin. Similarly, when fuel prices
increase and consumer confidence remains low, the price sensitivity of the already price-conscious
consumer increases.
Significant Events
Definitive Agreement to Sell Company
On January 22, 2006, Albertsons entered into a series of agreements (the Agreements) providing
for the sale of Albertsons to SUPERVALU INC. (Supervalu), CVS Corporation (CVS) and a
consortium of investors including Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Kimco Realty Corporation,
Lubert-Adler Management, Inc., Klaff Realty, L.P. and Schottenstein Stores Corporation (the
Cerberus Group). As a result of a series of transactions provided for under
the Agreements (the
Transactions), Albertsons shareholders will ultimately be entitled to receive $20.35 in cash and
0.182 shares of Supervalu common stock for each share of Albertsons common stock that they held
before the Transactions. The Transactions are subject to approval by Albertsons shareholders and
Supervalus shareholders as well as antitrust clearance and the satisfaction or waiver of other
customary closing conditions (see Subsequent Event below). The Transactions are currently anticipated to be completed in the
second quarter of calendar year 2006, but the completion of the Transactions could be delayed if,
among other things, all necessary approvals are not obtained by that
time. The Company may be required to pay to Supervalu a termination
fee of $276 if the merger agreement is terminated under certain
specified circumstances.
Early Payment Discounts
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company reviewed its method of accounting for cash discounts
for the early payment of merchandise purchases (early payment discounts) and determined that
effective for 2005 it would recognize such discounts as a reduction of inventory and then as a
reduction to cost of sales when the related products are sold. The Company previously recognized
early payment discounts as a financing component of merchandise purchases by reducing cost of sales
when the related product was purchased. If the Company had applied this method when Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for
Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (EITF 02-16), was adopted in 2002, net earnings
would have increased by approximately $0.3, $0.9, and $0.3 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Management concluded that the impact on the Companys prior years interim and annual consolidated
financial statements was not material and, therefore, recorded a noncash adjustment of $38 or $23
after-tax ($0.06 per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the total cumulative effect.
This change will have no impact on historical or future cash flows or the amount the Company has
paid or will pay for merchandise.
Sale of San Leandro, California Distribution Facility
On November 10, 2005, the Company consummated the sale of its distribution facility in San Leandro,
California. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $52 on the sale. Under the
terms of the agreement, the Company has committed to lease the facility from the buyer through
August 2006 and has the right to extend the term for an additional period of two months.
Shaws
Acquisition
On
April 30, 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the entity which
conducted J Sainsbury plcs U.S. retail grocery store business (Shaws). The results of Shaws
operations have been included in the Companys consolidated financial statements since that date.
The operations acquired consisted of 206 grocery stores in the New England area operated under the
banners of Shaws and Star Market. The Company acquired Shaws for a variety of reasons, including
attractive market share positions and real estate, the opportunity to realize numerous synergies
and strong historical financial performance.
17
The aggregate purchase price was $2,578, which included $2,134 of cash, $441 of assumed capital
lease obligations and debt and $3 of transaction costs. The Company used a combination of
cash-on-hand and the proceeds of the issuance of $1,603 of commercial paper to finance the
acquisition. The Company used the net proceeds from a subsequent mandatory convertible security
offering (refer to Note 8 Indebtedness in the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial
statements) to repay $1,117 of such commercial paper.
Bristol Farms Acquisition
On September 21, 2004, the Company acquired New Bristol Farms, Inc. (Bristol Farms) for $137 in
cash. The operations acquired consisted of 11 gourmet retail stores in Southern California.
Impact of Hurricanes on Operations
The 2005 and 2004 results of operations were impacted by the hurricanes that struck Florida, Texas
and Louisiana during the Companys third quarter of 2005 and the hurricanes that struck Florida
during the third quarter of 2004. The Company has a combination of self-insurance and purchased
insurance coverage for natural disasters and incurred approximately $20 and $28 in 2005 and 2004,
respectively, in hurricane-related costs on a pre-tax basis, net of anticipated insurance
reimbursements. Costs incurred primarily relate to inventory spoilage, building and equipment
repair and replacement costs, employee and community relief efforts and increased payroll.
Southern California Labor Dispute
Results of operations for the years ended February 3, 2005 and January 29, 2004 were unfavorably
impacted by the labor dispute with the Companys retail union associates in Southern California
that began on October 12, 2003 and lasted into the first quarter of 2004 (the Labor Dispute). The
Labor Dispute resulted in decreased sales in the Companys Southern California combination
food-drug and conventional food stores and decreased gross margin as a result of decreased volume,
increased inventory shrink, sales mix changes and increased distribution costs. Additional costs
incurred in connection with the terms of new collective bargaining agreements resulting from the
dispute included funding a one-time contribution to the union health and welfare fund of $36 and
strike ratification bonus payments of $10. These amounts were charged to earnings in 2004.
The Company, The Kroger Co. and Safeway Inc. (the Retailers) engaged in multi-employer bargaining
with the United Food and Commercial Workers (UFCW) in connection with the Labor Dispute and, as a
result, the Retailers entered into agreements (Labor Dispute Agreements) that, among other
things, were designed to prevent the union from placing disproportionate pressure on one or more
Retailer. The Labor Dispute Agreements provided for payments from any of the Retailers who gained
from such disproportionate pressure to any of the Retailers who suffered from such disproportionate
pressure. Amounts earned by the Company under the terms of the Labor Dispute Agreements totaled $46
in 2003 and $17 in 2004. Amounts earned were recorded as a reduction to selling, general and
administrative expenses in the respective years and all amounts were collected in 2004.
Subsequent Event
On March 13, 2006, the
pre-merger waiting period for the proposed Transactions with Supervalu, CVS and the Cerberus Group expired, indicating that the Federal
Trade Commission (FTC) has completed the pre-merger review as required under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. No divestiture of retail stores or other
assets was required and the FTC imposed no conditions or restrictions on the proposed Transactions.
The proposed Transactions remain subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions,
including approval of the Transactions by both Albertsons and Supervalu shareholders.
18
Results of Operations
Sales for 2005 (52-week year) were $40,358 compared to $39,810 in 2004 (53-week year) and $35,019
in 2003 (52-week year). The following table sets forth certain components of the Companys
Consolidated Earnings Statements expressed as a percent to sales and the year-to-year percentage
changes in the amounts of such components:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Change |
|
| |
|
Percent To Sales |
|
|
Of Dollar Amounts |
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2005 vs. 2004 |
|
|
2004 vs. 2003 |
|
| |
Sales |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
13.68 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
|
28.05 |
|
|
|
28.04 |
|
|
|
28.62 |
|
|
|
1.42 |
|
|
|
11.37 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
24.98 |
|
|
|
24.98 |
|
|
|
24.88 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
|
|
|
14.13 |
|
Restructuring credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
n.m. |
|
|
|
(5.29 |
) |
Interest, net |
|
|
1.31 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.17 |
|
|
|
5.96 |
|
|
|
22.01 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations before
income taxes |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
|
1.83 |
|
|
|
2.59 |
|
|
|
(1.89 |
) |
|
|
(19.69 |
) |
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
1.14 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
1.59 |
|
|
|
(2.46 |
) |
|
|
(14.83 |
) |
Loss from discontinued operations |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.07 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
46.43 |
|
|
|
n.m. |
|
Net earnings |
|
|
1.11 |
|
|
|
1.11 |
|
|
|
1.59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.18 |
) |
Fiscal Year 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year 2004
Sales for the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2006 increased $548 or 1.38% as compared to the 53 weeks
ended February 3, 2005. This increase was primarily due to the addition of 206 stores as a result
of the Shaws transaction on April 30, 2004 and 11 stores acquired in the Bristol Farms transaction
on September 21, 2004 and continued recovery from the Labor Dispute. The increase resulting from
these factors was partially offset by 2005 being a 52-week year compared to 2004 which was a
53-week year. Sales in 2005 were also unfavorably impacted by competitive pressures.
Identical store sales and comparable store sales, calculated on a 52-week basis for both 2005 and
2004 by excluding the first week of 2004 results, increased 0.3% and 0.4%, respectively, as
compared to 2004. Identical stores are defined as stores that have been in operation for both full
fiscal periods. Comparable store sales use the same store base as the identical stores except it
includes replacement stores. The 206 acquired Shaws stores and the 11 acquired Bristol Farms
stores are not included in the identical or comparable store sales annual computations and will not
be included in the annual computation until 2006. Increases in identical and comparable store
sales during 2005 were primarily a result of the continued recovery from the Labor Dispute,
partially offset by competitive pressure. During 2006, the Company expects to continue to invest
in pricing, promotion and advertising to capture market share and increase sales in key geographic
markets.
Management estimates that overall inflation in products the Company sells was 1.1% in the 12 months
ended February 2, 2006 as compared to 0.8% in the 12 months ended February 3, 2005.
During 2005 the Company opened 22 combination food-drug stores, three conventional food stores, 15
stand-alone drugstores, 16 Extreme Inc. price impact stores and four fuel centers. The Company
closed or sold 49 combination food-drug stores, 24 conventional food stores, five warehouse stores
and 10 stand-alone drugstores. The Company also remodeled 138 stores. Net retail square footage
of continuing operations was 102.6 million square feet at the end of 2005 as compared to 104.2
million square feet at the end of 2004.
Gross profit, as a percent to sales, increased one basis point in 2005 as compared to 2004. Gross
profit increased due to enhancements to the Companys Check the Price marketing initiative,
improvements in savings generated from strategic sourcing and consumer demand chain initiatives
including shrink initiatives and increased generic drug utilization. The majority of these
improvements were offset by the effect of the $38 noncash adjustment for early payment discounts
and reduced sales of Our Own Brands products.
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses as a percent to sales were 24.98% for both
2005 and 2004. SG&A expenses were favorably impacted in 2005 by gains of approximately $133
recognized from the disposal of property as well as reduced employee benefit costs and initiatives
that reduced workers compensation costs. Declines in employee benefit costs were the result of a
one-time contribution to the union health and welfare fund of $36 and strike ratification bonus
payments of $10 in the first quarter of 2004 under the terms of the collective bargaining
agreements in Southern California. Workers compensation costs were lower when compared with 2004
as a result of Company initiatives to lower accident frequencies and the continuing positive impact
of the California workers compensation legislation. SG&A expenses were unfavorably impacted in
2005 by long-lived asset impairment charges, costs related to
19
the Companys exploration of strategic alternatives and increases in salaries and wages, utilities
costs, rent and depreciation.
Net interest expense totaled $529 for the 52-week period ended February 2, 2006 as compared with
$499 for the 53-week period ended February 3, 2005. This increase was primarily due to an increase
in interest on capital lease obligations from the acquisition of Shaws, interest costs on the
issuance of the $1,150 mandatory convertible securities in May 2004 used to repay commercial paper
that was used to finance the acquisition of Shaws and interest related to previously recorded tax
reserves. The interest associated with tax reserves is related primarily to disputes on items with
the Internal Revenue Service. Interest would then be due for the time period in dispute. The
increase caused by these factors was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense in 2005 due
to a lower amount of outstanding notes payable and the effect of the 52 weeks in 2005 versus 53
weeks in the previous year.
The Companys effective income tax rate from continuing operations for 2005 was 35.3%, as compared
to 34.9% for 2004. This increase was due primarily to a tax benefit recognized in 2004 which arose
from the resolution of 2003 tax issues with the Internal Revenue Service.
Earnings from continuing operations were $462, or $1.24 per diluted share, in 2005 compared to
$474, or $1.27 per diluted share, in 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the $38 noncash
adjustment for early payment discounts (described above), $22 in costs related to the Companys
exploration of strategic alternatives, increases in payroll and occupancy related costs and one
less week in 2005 as compared to 2004. The decrease resulting from these factors was partially
offset by pre-tax gains of approximately $133 realized from the disposal of property in addition to
reductions in workers compensation costs and improvements in employee benefit costs.
Net loss from discontinued operations was $16 in 2005, which resulted primarily from the Companys
decision in April 2005 to exit the Jacksonville, Florida market. Net loss from discontinued
operations was $30 in 2004, which resulted primarily from the Companys decision, announced in June
2004, to sell, close or otherwise dispose of 21 operating stores in Omaha, Nebraska and the
Companys decision, announced in April 2004, to sell, close or otherwise dispose of seven operating
stores and three non-operating properties in New Orleans, Louisiana.
Fiscal Year 2004 Compared to Fiscal Year 2003
Sales for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2005 increased $4,791 or 13.7% as compared to the 52 weeks
ended January 29, 2004. This increase was primarily due to the addition of 206 stores as a result
of the Shaws transaction on April 30, 2004 and 11 stores acquired in the Bristol Farms transaction
on September 21, 2004, lower than normal sales in 2003 as a result of the Labor Dispute and an
extra week in 2004 as compared to 2003. By the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company had recaptured
its 2002 pre-Labor Dispute market share and sales in its Southern California area. However, sales
were unfavorably impacted by competitive pressures in other markets such as Dallas/Ft. Worth and in
certain markets where the Company did not have a number one or number two market share position.
Identical store sales, calculated on a 53-week basis for both 2004 and 2003, decreased 0.3% and
comparable store sales, also calculated on a 53-week basis for both 2004 and 2003, increased 0.2%
as compared to 2003. The first week of 2004 has been used as the 53rd week of 2003. Identical
stores are defined as stores that have been in operation for both full fiscal periods. Comparable
store sales use the same store base as the identical stores except it includes replacement stores.
The 206 acquired Shaws stores and the 11 acquired Bristol Farms stores are not included in the
identical or comparable store sales annual computations. Declines in identical store sales and the
slight increase in comparable store sales during 2004 were a result of the soft economy, increased
competition from low-priced retailers such as supercenters, club stores and large-scale drugstore
retailers and heavy promotional activity by traditional competitors.
Management estimates that overall inflation in products the Company sells was 0.8% in the 12 months
ended February 3, 2005 as compared to 0.5% in the 12 months ended January 29, 2004.
During 2004 the Company acquired 172 combination food-drug stores, 34 conventional food stores and
11 specialty retail stores as part of the Shaws and Bristol Farms acquisitions. The Company also
opened 43 combination food-drug stores, 15 stand-alone drugstores, one conventional food store, 11
Extreme Inc. price impact stores and 13 fuel centers. The Company closed or sold 47 combination
food-drug stores, 15 conventional food stores and 27 stand-alone drugstores. The Company also
remodeled 186 stores. Net retail square footage of continuing operations was 104.2 million square
feet at the end of 2004 as compared to 94.0 million square feet at the end of 2003.
Gross profit, as a percent to sales, decreased in 2004 as compared to 2003 due to continued planned
investments in pricing, promotion and advertising to drive sales growth and market share. These
investments occurred throughout the Company, especially in Southern California, in an effort to
recapture market share following the resolution of the Labor Dispute. The factors causing a decline
in gross profit, as a percent to sales, were partially offset by savings generated from strategic
sourcing and consumer demand chain initiatives, increased pharmacy gross margins as a result of
benefits from a supply contract and increased Company-sourced generic drugs and
20
increased sales growth in the Companys Own Brands.
SG&A expenses as a percent to sales increased slightly in 2004 as compared to 2003. This increase
was primarily due to higher employee benefit costs, additional legal expense associated with
pending and settled litigation, and higher professional expenses related to information technology
infrastructure improvements and the Companys consumer demand chain initiatives. The increase was
also attributable to the unplanned and self-insured costs associated with the Southeastern United
States hurricanes, ratification bonuses of $16 associated with the terms of the new collective
bargaining labor agreements in California and Nevada, increased credit and debit card transaction
fees and increased rent expense. In addition, SG&A expenses as a percent to sales in 2003 were
favorably impacted by $46 earned under the Labor Dispute Agreements. Partially offsetting these
factors, SG&A expenses as a percent to sales benefited in 2004 from lower wages and benefits
related to a decrease in bonus expense, increased sales leverage from the acquisition of Shaws,
gains recognized on the disposal of property, a reduction in business taxes as a result of
favorable state audit settlements and a reduction in incremental
Labor Dispute costs from those recognized in
the prior year.
The increase in employee benefit costs referenced above was a result of a one-time contribution to
a union health and welfare fund of $36 associated with the terms of the new collective bargaining
labor agreement in Southern California and unanticipated payments to two Northern California UFCW
multi-employer health and welfare plans for funding deficits in 2004. Additionally, there was a $36
gain recognized in 2003 associated with the curtailment of postretirement medical benefits. The
impact of these factors was partially offset by lower Company-sponsored health and welfare costs in
2004 due to the restructuring of the Companys benefit plans in June 2004.
Net interest expense during 2004 totaled $499 as compared with $409 in 2003. This increase was due
to interest costs on the issuance of the $1,150 mandatory convertible security in May 2004 used to
repay commercial paper that was used to finance the acquisition of Shaws (refer to Note 8
Indebtedness in the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements) and an increase
in interest on capital lease obligations resulting from the acquisition of Shaws.
The Companys effective income tax rate from continuing operations for 2004 was 34.9%, as compared
to 38.6% for 2003. This decrease was due primarily to a tax benefit arising from the resolution of
prior year tax issues with the Internal Revenue Service and the implementation and effects of the
Companys tax savings initiatives which had a favorable impact on the current tax rate and also
resulted in a favorable adjustment upon completion of the prior year tax returns.
Earnings from continuing operations were $474 in 2004 compared to $556 for 2003. This decrease was
due to lower gross margins as a result of increased investments in pricing and promotion, higher
employee benefit expenses in 2004 as a result of a one-time contribution to the union health and
welfare fund of $36 made under new collective bargaining labor agreements, and $46 earned in 2003
under the Labor Dispute Agreements compared to $17 earned in 2004. The 2004 decrease was also
attributable to increased legal expense associated with pending and settled litigation, higher
professional expenses for technology services, increased interest expense, unplanned and
self-insured hurricane costs, increased credit and debit card transaction fees and increased rent
expense. Although sales and market share in Southern California had returned to 2002 pre-Labor
Dispute levels by the fourth quarter of 2004, earnings had not recovered to pre-Labor Dispute
levels as a result of increased investment in pricing and promotion to grow sales and capture
market share. The Company experienced earnings pressure in Northern California and Dallas/Ft. Worth
due to intense competition, which also resulted in higher than anticipated pricing and promotional
investment during 2004, and in certain other markets where the Company did not have a number one or
number two market share position. The decline in earnings was partially offset by earnings from
Shaws operations that were acquired in 2004, a reduction in wages and benefits, gains on the
disposal of property and a reduction in the effective tax rate.
Net loss from discontinued operations was $30 in 2004 as compared to $0 in 2003. This loss
resulted primarily from the Companys decision, announced in June 2004, to sell, close or otherwise
dispose of 21 operating stores in Omaha, Nebraska and the Companys decision, announced in April
2004, to sell, close or otherwise dispose of seven operating stores and three non-operating
properties in New Orleans, Louisiana.
Discontinued Operations and Restructuring Activities
The Company has a process to review its asset portfolio in an attempt to maximize returns on its
invested capital. As a result of these reviews, in recent years the Company has closed and disposed
of a number of properties through market exits, restructuring activities and on-going store
closures. The Company recognizes lease liability reserves and impairment charges associated with
these transactions. Summarized below are the significant transactions the Company has undertaken
and the related lease accrual activity.
21
Discontinued Operations
In April 2005 the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell its operations in the
Jacksonville, Florida market to a single buyer. The sale was completed on August 24, 2005. The
operations consisted of seven operating stores, of which four were owned and three leased. The
three lease agreements were assumed by the buyer. Results of operations for the seven stores have
been reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and 2003.
In June 2004 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations
in the Omaha, Nebraska market, which consisted of 21 operating stores. Results of operations for
those stores have been reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and
2003. As of February 2, 2006 the Company had disposed of 19 properties. The two remaining
properties are subject to operating leases and have no remaining book value.
In April 2004 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations
in the New Orleans, Louisiana market, which consisted of seven operating stores and three
non-operating properties. Results of operations for those stores and properties have been
reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and 2003. As of February 2,
2006, the Company had disposed of six properties. The four remaining properties have a book value
of $14 and are classified as Assets held for sale in the 2005 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
In 2002 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations in
four underperforming markets: Memphis, Tennessee; Nashville, Tennessee; Houston, Texas; and San
Antonio, Texas. This involved the sale or closure of 95 operating stores and two distribution
centers. As of February 2, 2006 the Company had disposed of 89 properties. The eight remaining
properties have a book value of $2 and are classified as Assets held for sale in the 2005
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The results of discontinued operations were as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
| |
Sales |
|
$ |
39 |
|
|
$ |
242 |
|
|
$ |
417 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Net impairment charges and lease accruals |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on disposal |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Loss from discontinued operations |
|
$ |
(16 |
) |
|
$ |
(30 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
| |
Restructuring Activities
In 2001 the Company committed to a plan to restructure its operations by 1) closing 165
underperforming stores, 2) closing four division offices, 3) centralizing processing functions to
its store support centers, and 4) reducing overall store support center headcount. As of February
2, 2006, the Company had disposed of or subleased 158 properties. The 11 remaining properties have
no remaining book value.
22
The following table summarizes the accrual activity for future lease obligations related to
discontinued operations, restructuring activities and closed stores:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
February 3, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
2004 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
(23 |
) |
|
$ |
12 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
January 29, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2004 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
2004 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
(7 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
12 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
47 |
|
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
January 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
| |
|
2003 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2004 |
|
| |
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
11 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
69 |
|
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
47 |
|
| |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Net cash provided by operating activities during 2005 was $1,545, compared to $2,114 in 2004 and
$1,526 in 2003. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in 2005 as compared to 2004
was primarily due to lower cash receipts from receivables as a result of prior year collections of
amounts earned under the Labor Dispute Agreements and a prior year return of a deposit from a
third-party service provider, changes in deferred tax balances arising from tax timing differences,
a large decrease in inventory levels in the prior year, lower unearned income balances and greater
gains on disposal of assets this year. These uses of operating cash were partially offset by an
increase in other long-term liabilities resulting from prior year funding of the Companys pension
plans and an increase in depreciation and amortization.
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2004 as compared to 2003 was primarily
due to the implementation of initiatives to lower inventories, increases in accounts payable as a
result of lower payable balances in the prior year due to the Labor Dispute, collections of amounts
earned under the Labor Dispute Agreements and return of a deposit from a third-party service
provider. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2004 as compared to 2003 was
also attributable to increased noncash charges including depreciation and amortization and charges
related to discontinued operations. The increase in depreciation and amortization was due to the
Shaws acquisition and a higher mix of information technology expenditures which have a shorter
useful life compared to store investments. These sources of operating cash were partially offset by
lower earnings from continuing operations, gains on disposal of assets and the cost of funding the
Companys pension plans.
Net cash used in investing activities for 2005 decreased to $604 compared to $3,068 and $901 in
2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in cash used in investing activities in 2005 as compared
to 2004 was primarily the result of prior year payments of $2,214, net of cash acquired, to
purchase Shaws and Bristol Farms. Also contributing to the decrease were lower capital
expenditures and higher proceeds from the sale of assets in 2005. The decrease in cash used in
investing activities was partially offset by a refundable deposit of
$81 paid to the Internal Revenue Service in the
second quarter of 2005 related to a proposed Internal Revenue Service tax assessment. The deposit was made to suspend
the accrual of interest during the appeals process.
Cash used in financing activities in 2005 was $808 as compared to cash provided by financing
activities of $666 in 2004 and cash used in financing activities of $492 in 2003. The primary
difference in financing cash flows for the last three years was proceeds received in May 2004 from
the issuance of the mandatory convertible security offering and commercial paper borrowings used to
acquire Shaws
23
and
Bristol Farms. Other causes of these fluctuations include the paydown of commercial paper in 2005, higher payments
on long-term borrowings in 2004 and purchases of the Companys common stock in 2003.
The Board of Directors, at its March 2006 meeting, declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.19 per
share.
The Company utilizes its commercial paper and bank line programs primarily to supplement cash
requirements for seasonal fluctuations in working capital and to fund its capital expenditures and,
to a lesser extent, acquisitions. Accordingly, commercial paper and bank line borrowings will
fluctuate between reporting periods.
The Company had three revolving credit facilities totaling $1,400 during 2005. The first agreement,
a five-year facility with total availability of $900, will expire in June 2009. The second
agreement, a five-year facility with total availability of $100, will expire in July 2009. The
third agreement, a revolving credit facility with total availability of $400, will expire in June
2010. The Companys commercial paper program is backed by all three of these credit facilities.
All of the agreements contain two financial covenants: 1) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and
2) a maximum consolidated leverage ratio, each as defined in the credit facilities. Under these
facilities, the fixed charge coverage ratio shall not be less than 2.6 to 1 through April 30, 2006
and 2.7 to 1 thereafter. The consolidated leverage ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1 through April
30, 2006, 4.25 to 1 through April 30, 2007, and 4.0 to 1 thereafter. As of February 2, 2006, the
Company was in compliance with these requirements. No borrowings were outstanding under the credit
facilities as of February 2, 2006 or February 3, 2005. The Company had $0 and $349 in commercial
paper borrowings outstanding at February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005, respectively.
In May 2004 the Company completed a public offering registered with the SEC of 40,000,000 of 7.25%
mandatory convertible securities (Corporate Units), yielding net proceeds of $971. In June 2004
the underwriters purchased an additional 6,000,000 Corporate Units pursuant to an overallotment
option, yielding net proceeds of $146. Each Corporate Unit consists of a purchase contract and,
initially, a 2.5% ownership interest in one of the Companys senior notes with a principal amount
of one thousand dollars, which corresponds to a twenty-five dollar principal amount of senior
notes. The ownership interest in the senior notes is initially pledged to secure the Corporate Unit
holders obligation to purchase Company common stock under the related purchase contract. The
holders of the Corporate Units may elect to substitute the senior notes with zero-coupon U.S.
treasury securities that mature on May 15, 2007 having a principal amount at maturity equal to the
aggregate principal amount of the senior notes to secure the purchase contracts. The senior notes
bear an annual interest rate of 3.75%. In the first half of 2007 the aggregate principal amount of
the senior notes will be remarketed, which may result in a change in the interest rate and maturity
date of the senior notes. Proceeds from a successful remarketing would be used to satisfy in full
each Corporate Unit holders obligation to purchase common stock under the related purchase
contract. If the senior notes are not successfully remarketed, the holders will have the right to
put the senior notes to the Company to satisfy their obligations under the purchase contract in a
noncash transaction. The purchase contracts yield 3.5% per year on the stated amount of twenty-five
dollars. Subsequent to a successful remarketing, the senior notes will remain outstanding and the
Company will settle its obligations on the maturity date of the senior notes in February 2009 or at
a later date if the maturity date is extended in connection with the remarketing of the senior
notes under the terms of the Corporate Units.
The Company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC, which became effective on February
13, 2001 (2001 Shelf Registration) to authorize the issuance of up to $3,000 in debt securities.
In May 2001 the Company issued $600 of term notes under the 2001 Shelf Registration. The term notes
are composed of $200 of principal bearing interest at 7.25% due May 1, 2013 and $400 of principal
bearing interest at 8.0% due May 1, 2031. Proceeds were used primarily to repay borrowings under
the Companys commercial paper program. During 2003, 2004 and 2005, no securities were issued
under the 2001 Registration Statement. As of February 2, 2006, $2,400 of debt securities remain
available for issuance under the 2001 Registration Statement; however, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to issue debt securities under this registration statement at terms
acceptable to the Company.
The
Company did not purchase any shares of its common stock during 2005
or 2004 other than shares surrendered or deemed surrendered to the
Company to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the
distribution of shares of stock as a result of the exercise or other
settlement of Company equity awards. During 2003, the
Company purchased and retired 5.3 million shares of its common stock for a total expenditure of
$108 at an average price of $20.26 per share. On December 31, 2005, the program authorizing
management, at their discretion, to purchase and retire up to $500 of the Companys common stock
expired and was not renewed.
At February 2, 2006, cash flows from operations and available borrowings were adequate to support
planned business operations and capital expenditures. The Company has short-term financing capacity
in the form of commercial paper or bank line borrowings up to $1,400 and long-term capacity under
the 2001 Registration Statement of $2,400.
24
As of February 2, 2006, the Companys credit ratings were as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
S & P |
|
Moodys |
|
Fitch |
| |
Long-term debt |
|
BBB- |
|
Baa3 |
|
BBB |
Short-term debt |
|
A3 |
|
P3 |
|
F2 |
As a result of the announcement
in September 2005 that the Company would explore strategic
alternatives, all of the rating agencies
put the Companys debt ratings on creditwatch with negative implications. The Company is not
subject to any credit rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate repayment in the Companys
fixed-term debt portfolio. A downgrade in the Companys credit ratings should not affect the
Companys ability to borrow amounts under the revolving credit facilities, however, borrowing costs
would increase. A ratings downgrade would also impact the Companys ability to borrow under its
commercial paper program by causing increased borrowing costs and shorter durations and could
result in possible access limitations. If needed, the Company could seek alternative sources of
funding, including the issuance of notes up to $2,400 under the 2001 Registration Statement. In
addition, at February 2, 2006, up to $1,400 could be drawn upon from the Companys senior unsecured
credit facilities.
Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Guarantees
Contractual Obligations
The Company enters into a variety of legally binding obligations and commitments in the normal
course of its business. The table below presents, as of February 2, 2006, the Companys long-term
contractual obligations and commitments which are considered to represent known future cash
payments that the Company will be required to make under existing contractual arrangements. Some
amounts are based on managements estimates and assumptions and amounts actually paid may vary from
those reflected in the table.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Contractual Obligation |
|
Payments Due By Period |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 and |
|
| |
|
Total |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 - 2008 |
|
|
2009 - 2010 |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
| |
Long-term debt, including current portion (1) |
|
$ |
5,450 |
|
|
$ |
28 |
|
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
$ |
1,860 |
|
|
$ |
3,467 |
|
Interest on long-term debt (2) |
|
|
4,501 |
|
|
|
365 |
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
2,814 |
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
2,037 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
1,457 |
|
Operating leases (3) |
|
|
4,856 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
647 |
|
|
|
3,093 |
|
Purchase obligations (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilities (5) |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contracts for purchase of property and
construction of buildings |
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supply and transportation contracts |
|
|
2,701 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
1,344 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Self-insurance liability |
|
|
967 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
171 |
|
Compensation and benefits |
|
|
569 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
| |
Total contractual cash obligations |
|
$ |
21,504 |
|
|
$ |
2,405 |
|
|
$ |
3,536 |
|
|
$ |
4,160 |
|
|
$ |
11,403 |
|
| |
| (1) |
|
The Company has medium-term notes and debentures that contain put options that would
require the Company to repay borrowed amounts prior to maturity. Medium-term notes of $30 and
$50 mature in July 2027 and April 2028, respectively, and have put options exercisable in July
2007 and April 2008, respectively. Debentures in the amount of $200 mature in May 2037 and
have put options exercisable in May 2009. For the purpose of the table above, payments of
these obligations are assumed to occur at maturity. |
| |
| (2) |
|
Amounts include contractual interest payments applicable to the Companys debt instruments at
February 2, 2006. |
| |
| (3) |
|
Represents the minimum rents payable under operating leases, including those associated with
closed stores accrued for under the Companys restructuring and closed store reserves. Amounts
are offset by expected sublease income. |
| |
| (4) |
|
In addition to the contracts noted in this table, the Company enters into
additional supply contracts to
purchase products for resale in the ordinary course of business.
These contracts cover a broad spectrum of products and sometimes
include volume commitments and specific merchandising obligations in
exchange for vendor allowances. Although there are a significant
number of these contracts, they are generally cancelable upon return
of any unearned allowances and therefore no amounts have been
included in the table above. |
| |
| (5) |
|
The Company has entered into supply contracts to purchase specified quantities of electricity
and natural gas that have terms through 2007. The amounts included in the table reflect
projected purchases based on historical usage and contracted rates. |
25
Commercial Commitments
The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $124 as of February 2, 2006, which were issued
under separate agreements with multiple financial institutions. These agreements are not associated
with the Companys credit facilities. Of the $124 outstanding at year end, $108 were standby
letters of credit covering workers compensation and performance obligations. The remaining $16
were commercial letters of credit supporting the Companys merchandise import program. The Company
paid issuance fees in 2005 averaging 0.45% of the outstanding balance
of the letters of credit.
Guarantees
The Company provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course
of its business. The Company has evaluated its agreements that contain guarantees and
indemnification clauses in accordance with the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees,
Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.
The Company is contingently liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties
in connection with various store closures and dispositions. If any of these third parties fail to
perform its obligations under one of these leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease
obligations. In 2003 the Company was notified that certain of these third parties had become
insolvent and were seeking bankruptcy protection. At January 29, 2004, approximately 26 store
leases for which the Company was contingently liable were subject to the bankruptcy proceedings of
these third parties and 22 of those had been rejected by the applicable third parties. The Company
recorded pre-tax charges of $20 in 2003, which represented the remaining minimum lease payments and
other payment obligations under the 22 rejected leases, less estimated sublease income and
discounted at the Companys credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. As of February 2, 2006,
approximately 16 store leases remained for which the Company is liable. Terminations and payments
of $4 made on these leases in 2005 resulted in a reduction of the Companys liability to
$8. As of February 2, 2006, the Company had remaining guarantees
on approximately 251 stores with
leases extending through 2035. Assuming that each respective purchaser became insolvent, an event
the Company believes to be remote because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the
variety of remedies available, the minimum future undiscounted payments, exclusive of any potential
sublease income, total approximately $459.
The Company enters into a wide range of indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of
business. These include tort indemnities, tax indemnities, indemnities against third-party claims
arising out of arrangements to provide services to the Company, indemnities in merger and
acquisition agreements and indemnities in agreements related to the sale of Company securities.
Also, governance documents of the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries provide for the
indemnification of individuals made party to any suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that the
individual was acting as an officer, director or agent of the relevant company or as a fiduciary of
a company-sponsored welfare benefit plan. The Company also provides guarantees and indemnifications
for the benefit of many of its wholly owned subsidiaries for the satisfaction of performance
obligations, including workers compensation obligations. It is difficult to quantify the maximum
potential liability under these indemnifications; however, at February 2, 2006 the Company was not
aware of any material liabilities arising from these indemnification arrangements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At February 2, 2006, the Company had no significant investments that were accounted for under the
equity method in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Investments that were accounted for under the equity method at February 2, 2006 had no liabilities
associated with them that were guaranteed by or that would be considered material to Albertsons.
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements with unconsolidated entities.
Capital Expenditures
The Company is committed to keeping its stores up to date. In the last three years, the Company has
opened or remodeled 755 stores, representing 33% of the Companys retail square footage as of
February 2, 2006. The following summary of historical capital expenditures includes capital leases,
excluding the Shaws and Bristol Farms acquisitions:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
New and acquired stores |
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
491 |
|
|
$ |
371 |
|
Remodels |
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
345 |
|
Retail replacement equipment, technology and other |
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
Distribution facilities and equipment |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
| |
Total capital expenditures |
|
$ |
902 |
|
|
$ |
1,161 |
|
|
$ |
1,156 |
|
| |
26
Total capital expenditures include capitalized lease obligations incurred of $42 in 2005, $111 in
2004 and $62 in 2003.
The Companys financial position provides the flexibility for the Company to grow through its store
development program and future acquisitions. The Companys capital expenditure budget for 2006 is
estimated between $900 to $1,000 and includes new capital and operating lease obligations.
Related Party Transactions
There were no material related party transactions in 2005, 2004 or 2003.
Insurance Contingencies
The Company has outstanding workers compensation and general liability claims with a former
insurance carrier that is experiencing financial difficulties. If the insurer fails to pay any
covered claims that exceed deductible limits, creating excess claims, the Company may have the
ability to present these excess claims to guarantee funds in certain states in which the claims
originated. In the state where the Company faces the largest potential exposure, legislation was
enacted that the Company believes increases the likelihood of state guarantee fund protection. The
Company currently cannot estimate the amount of the covered claims in excess of deductible limits
which will not be paid by the insurance carrier or otherwise. As of February 2, 2006, the insurance
carrier continues to pay the Companys claims. Based on information presently available to the
Company, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this matter will have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Environmental
The Company has identified environmental contamination sites related primarily to underground
petroleum storage tanks and groundwater contamination at various store, warehouse, office and
manufacturing facilities (related to current operations as well as previously disposed of
properties). The Company conducts an ongoing program for the inspection and evaluation of potential
new sites and the remediation and monitoring of contamination at existing and previously owned
sites. Although the ultimate outcome and expense of environmental remediation is uncertain, the
Company believes that the costs of any required remediation and continuing compliance with
environmental laws, in excess of current reserves, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. Environmental remediation
costs were not material in 2005, 2004 or 2003.
Pension Plan / Health and Welfare Plan Contingencies
The Companys funding policy for its defined benefit plans is to contribute the minimum
contribution allowed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, with consideration given to
contributing larger amounts in order to be exempt from Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
variable rate premiums and/or participant notices of underfunding. The Company determines expected
funding levels annually. Funding of the Companys defined benefit pension plans is expected to be
$13 for the Companys year ending February 1, 2007.
The Company contributes to various multi-employer pension plans under collective bargaining
agreements, primarily for defined benefit pension plans. These plans generally provide retirement
benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The Company contributed
$130, $115 and $92 to these plans in the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Based on
available information, the Company believes that some of the multi-employer plans to which it
contributes are under-funded. Company contributions to these plans are likely to continue to
increase in the near term. However, the amount of any increase or decrease in contributions will
depend on a variety of factors, including the results of the Companys collective bargaining
efforts, return on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans and
the potential payment of a withdrawal liability if the Company chooses to exit a market or another
employer withdraws from a plan without provision for their share of pension liability. Many
recently completed labor negotiations have positively affected the Companys future contributions
to these plans.
The Company also makes payments to multi-employer health and welfare plans in amounts representing
mandatory contributions which are based on reserve requirements set forth in the related collective
bargaining agreements. Some of the collective bargaining agreements up for renewal in the next
several years contain reserve requirements that may trigger unanticipated contributions resulting
in increased health care expenses. If these health care provisions cannot be renegotiated in a
manner that reduces the prospective health care cost as the Company intends, the Companys selling,
general and administrative expenses could increase, possibly significantly, in the future.
27
Critical Accounting Policies
The Companys discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are
based upon the Companys consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these
financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related
to bad debts, inventories, vendor funds, intangible assets, income taxes, assets held for sale,
impairment of long-lived assets, self-insurance, restructuring, pension and benefit costs,
contingencies, litigation and unearned income. The Company bases its estimates on historical
experience and on various other assumptions and factors that management believes to be reasonable under
the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company,
based on its ongoing review, will make adjustments to its judgments
and estimates when facts and
circumstances dictate. Historically, actual results have not significantly deviated from those
determined using the estimates described above.
The Company believes the following critical accounting policies are important to understand the
Companys financial condition and results of operations and require managements most difficult,
subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect
of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Vendor Funds
The Company receives funds from many of the vendors whose products the Company buys for resale in
its stores. These vendor funds are provided to increase the sell-through of the related products.
The Company receives vendor funds for a variety of merchandising activities: placement of the
vendors products in the Companys advertising; display of the vendors products in prominent
locations in the Companys stores; introduction of new products into the Companys distribution
system and retail stores; exclusivity rights in certain categories that have slower-turning
products; and to compensate for temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held
for sale at retail stores. The Company also receives vendor funds for buying activities such as
volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their need and cash
discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. As of February 2, 2006, the terms of the
Companys vendor funds arrangements varied in length from short-term arrangements that are to be
completed within a quarter to long-term arrangements that are expected to be completed within eight
years.
The Company recognizes vendor funds for merchandising activities as a reduction of cost of sales
when the related products are sold in accordance with EITF 02-16. The amount of vendor funds
reducing the Companys inventory (inventory offset) as of February 2, 2006, was $187, an increase
of $61 from the beginning of 2005. The vendor funds inventory offset as of February 3, 2005 was
$126, a decrease of $29 from the beginning of 2004. The inventory offset was determined by
estimating the average inventory turnover rates by product category for the Companys grocery,
general merchandise and lobby departments (these departments received over three-quarters of the
Companys vendor funds in 2005) and by average inventory turnover rates by department for the
Companys remaining inventory.
Long-Lived Asset Impairments
The Company regularly reviews its stores and other long-lived assets and asset groups for
indicators of impairment based on operational performance and the Companys plans for store
closures. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or
an asset group may not be recoverable, the assets fair value is compared to its carrying value.
Impairment losses are recognized as the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceed
their fair values. For long-lived assets that are classified as Assets held for sale, the Company
recognizes impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal
over the estimated fair value. Asset fair values are determined by internal real estate
specialists or by independent valuation experts. These estimates can be
significantly impacted by factors such as changes in real estate market conditions, the economic
environment and inflation. The Company recognized impairment charges related to stores to be held
and used and stores held for sale of $55, $43 and $36 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These
charges were recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the Companys Consolidated Earnings Statements.
For properties that have closed and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any
remaining liability under the lease, discounted using credit risk-free rates and net of estimated
sublease recovery, is recognized as a liability and charged to operations. The value of any
equipment and leasehold improvements related to a closed store is reduced to reflect net
recoverable values. Internal real estate specialists estimate the subtenant income, future cash
flows and asset recovery values based on their historical experience and knowledge of (1) the
market in which the store to be closed is located, (2) the results of the Companys previous
efforts to dispose of similar assets and (3) the current economic conditions. The actual cost of
disposition for these leases and related assets is affected by specific factors such as real estate
markets, the economic environment and inflation.
28
Goodwill
During the
fourth quarters of 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company completed its annual goodwill
impairment reviews. To determine whether goodwill was impaired, a
combination of internal analyses and estimates of fair value from
independent valuation experts were used. Based on these analyses, the Company determined there was no impairment of goodwill.
The fair value estimates could change in the future depending on internal and external factors,
including the success of strategic sourcing initiatives, labor cost controls and competitive
activity.
Self-Insurance
The Company is primarily self-insured for property loss, workers compensation, automobile
liability costs and general liability costs. The Company records its self-insurance liability,
determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet
reported. Any actuarial projection of ultimate losses is subject to a high degree of variability.
Sources of this variability are numerous and include, but are not limited to, future development of
previous claims, future economic conditions, court decisions and legislative actions. The Companys
workers compensation costs were $316, $372 and $361 in 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively.
The Companys workers compensation liabilities are from claims occurring in various states.
Individual state workers compensation regulations have received a tremendous amount of attention
from state politicians, insurers, employers and providers, as well as the public in general. Recent
years have seen an escalation in the number of legislative reforms, judicial rulings and social
phenomena affecting workers compensation. The changes in a states political and economic
environment increase the variability in the unpaid claim liabilities. The Companys workers
compensation reserves do not contemplate any of these potential developments.
Legal Contingencies
The Company records reserves for legal contingencies, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting
for Contingencies, when the information available to the Company indicates that it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
Predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating related costs and exposures involve
substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates. In
addition, the Company regularly monitors its exposure to the loss contingencies associated with
these matters and may from time to time change its predictions with respect to outcomes and its
estimates with respect to related costs and exposures. It is possible that material differences in
actual outcomes, costs and exposures relative to current predictions and estimates, or material
changes in such predictions or estimates, could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Pension Costs
Pension benefit obligations and the related effects on operations are dependent on the Companys
selection of actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets. Actual returns on plan assets exceeded return assumptions over an extended
period in the past, which kept pension expense and cash contributions to the plans at modest
levels. Weaker market performance may significantly increase pension expense and cash contributions
in the future. Changes in the interest rates used to determine the discount rate may also cause
volatility in pension expense and cash contributions. Actual results that differ from the Companys
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect the
Companys recognized expense and recorded obligation in such future periods.
For example, in 2005, the discount rate assumption for the Albertsons plans was 5.40% and its
long-term asset return assumption was 8.0%. Using these assumptions, the Companys 2005 pension
expense for the Albertsons plans was $28. If the Company had decreased its estimated discount rate
to 5.15% and its expected return on plan assets to 7.5%, the Companys 2005 pension expense for the
Albertsons plans would have been $36 and net earnings would have decreased by approximately $5. If
the Company had increased its discount rate assumption to 5.65% and its expected return on plan
assets to 8.5%, 2005 pension expense for the Albertsons plans would have been $20 and net earnings
would have increased by approximately $5. For the Shaws plans, the Companys 2005 pension expense
was $22 using a discount rate assumption of 5.45% and a long-term asset return assumption of 8.0%.
If the Company had decreased its estimated discount rate to 5.20% and its expected return on plan
assets to 7.5% for the Shaws plans, 2005 pension expense would have been $26 and net earnings
would have decreased by approximately $2. If the Company had increased its discount rate assumption
to 5.70% and its expected return on plan assets to 8.5% for the Shaws plans, 2005 pension expense
would have been $18 and net earnings would have increased by approximately $2.
29
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards
In May 2004 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
No. FSP FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription
Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP FAS 106-2). FSP FAS 106-2 supersedes FSP
FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, and provides guidance on the accounting and disclosure
related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Medicare
Act), which was signed into law in December 2003. The Medicare Act and adoption of FSP FAS 106-2
in the Companys third quarter of 2005 did not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In November 2004 the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS No. 151). SFAS No. 151 clarifies that inventory costs that are abnormal are
required to be charged to expense as incurred as opposed to being capitalized into inventory as a
product cost. SFAS No. 151 provides examples of abnormal costs to include costs of idle
facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 is
effective for the year beginning February 3, 2006. The impact of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to
have a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004 the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No.
123(R)). SFAS No. 123(R) addresses the accounting for share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options. Under the new standard, companies will no longer be
able to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method in
accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Instead, companies
will be required to account for such transactions using a fair-value method and recognize the
expense in their consolidated earnings statements. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using
the modified prospective transition method beginning with the first quarter of 2006. Under this
method, awards that are granted, modified or settled on or after February 3, 2006 will be measured
and accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). In addition, in the Companys first quarter
of 2006, expense must be recognized in the earnings statement for unvested awards that were granted
prior to the start of the first quarter of 2006. The expense will be based on the fair value
determined at grant date under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The
Company estimates that earnings per share in 2006 will be reduced by approximately $0.04 per
diluted share as a result of the incremental compensation expense to be recognized from
implementing SFAS No. 123(R). However, the calculation of compensation cost for share-based
payment transactions after the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) may be different from the
calculation of compensation cost under SFAS No. 123, and such differences have not yet been
quantified.
In March 2005 the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset
Retirement Obligations an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (FIN 47). FIN 47 clarifies
that the term conditional asset retirement obligation as used in FASB Statement No. 143,
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset
retirement activity in which the timing and (or) method of settlement are conditional on a future
event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Accordingly, an entity is required
to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the
fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 became effective for the Company
on February 2, 2006 and did not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
In May 2005 the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections a Replacement
of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (SFAS No. 154). SFAS No. 154 requires
retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle,
unless impracticable or unless a pronouncement includes alternative transition provisions. SFAS
No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization or depletion method for
long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate effected by a
change in accounting principle. This statement carries forward the guidance in APB Opinion No. 20,
Accounting Changes, for the reporting of a correction of an error and a change in accounting
estimate. SFAS No. 154 is effective for the year beginning February 3, 2006.
In June 2005 the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization
Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business
Combination (EITF 05-6). EITF 05-6 requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a business
combination be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes
required lease periods and renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date of
acquisition. EITF 05-6 also requires that leasehold improvements that are placed in service
significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the lease term be amortized
over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods
and renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date the leasehold improvements
are purchased. The Companys historical accounting policies comply with these provisions and,
accordingly, the adoption of EITF 05-6 in the third quarter of 2005 did not have an effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
30
In October 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 13-1, Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred During a
Construction Period (FSP FAS 13-1). FSP FAS 13-1 requires rental costs associated with building
or ground leases incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. The
Company historically capitalized rental costs incurred during a construction period. In accordance
with the transition provisions of FSP FAS 13-1, the Company elected to early adopt and
prospectively apply the requirement to expense rental costs incurred during a construction period
in the Companys fourth quarter of 2005. The adoption of FSP FAS 13-1 did not have a material
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In October 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-2, Practical Accommodation to the Application of
Grant Date as Defined in FASB Statement No. 123(R) (FSP 123(R)-2). SFAS No. 123(R) requires
companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards when the awards have been
granted. One of the criteria for determining that an award has been granted is that the employer
and its employees have a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of the award. Under
FSP 123(R)-2, a mutual understanding is presumed to exist on the date the award is approved by the
Board of Directors or management with relevant authority, assuming certain conditions are met. FSP
123(R)-2 became effective upon the Companys initial adoption of SFAS 123(R). The Company
continues to evaluate the impact, if any, which FSP FAS 123(R)-2 could have on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In November 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-3, Transition Election to Accounting for the Tax
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards (FSP FAS 123(R)-3). FSP FAS 123(R)-3 provides an
alternative method to SFAS No. 123(R) for calculating the additional-paid-in-capital pool of excess
tax benefits available to absorb any tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS
No. 123(R). Companies that adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application may
make a one-time election to adopt this alternative method, and the Company may take up to one year
from the initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) to evaluate its alternatives and whether to make the
one-time election. The Company continues to evaluate its alternatives and the impact, if any,
which the one-time election could have on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In February 2006 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-4, Classification of Options and Similar
Instruments Issued as Employee Compensation That Allow for Cash Settlement upon the Occurrence of a
Contingent Event (FSP FAS 123(R)-4). FSP FAS 123(R)-4 amends SFAS No. 123(R) and addresses the
classification of stock options and similar instruments issued as employee compensation that
require or permit, at the holders election, cash settlement upon the occurrence of a contingent
event (such as a change in control). FSP FAS 123(R)-4 clarifies that stock options or similar
instruments that contain such a cash settlement feature should be accounted for as liabilities if
and when the contingent cash settlement event becomes probable. The Companys stock compensation
plans do not require or permit cash settlement at the holders election upon the occurrence of a
contingent event. Accordingly, the adoption of FSP FAS 123(R)-4 is not expected to have a material
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
The Company is exposed to certain market risks inherent in the Companys financial instruments,
which arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business. From time to time, the
Company enters into certain derivative transactions to hedge these risks, however the Company does
not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Derivatives are primarily
used as cash flow hedges to set interest rates for forecasted debt issuances, such as interest rate
locks.
The Company is subject to interest rate risk on its fixed and variable interest rate debt
obligations. Generally, the fair value of debt with a fixed interest rate will increase as interest
rates fall and the fair value will decrease as interest rates rise. Commercial paper borrowings are
subject to rollover risk because these borrowings generally have maturities of less than three
months. There were no commercial paper borrowings at February 2, 2006.
As of February 2, 2006, the Company had no foreign exchange exposure and no outstanding derivative
transactions. There have been no material changes in the primary risk exposures or management of
the risks since the prior year. The Company expects to continue to manage risks in accordance with
the current policy.
For debt obligations, the table below presents principal cash flows and related weighted average
interest rates by expected maturity dates:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
| |
Fixed rate debt obligations |
|
$ |
28 |
|
|
$ |
16 |
|
|
$ |
79 |
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
286 |
|
|
$ |
3,467 |
|
|
$ |
5,450 |
|
|
$ |
5,225 |
|
Weighted average interest rate |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
8.4 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
31
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Albertsons, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Page |
|
| |
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
32
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The
Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
The Companys internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
i. pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
ii. provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the Company; and
iii. provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of the Companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the
possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even
effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurances with
respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the
effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time.
Management assessed the design and effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of February 2, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework. Based on managements assessment using this framework, management concluded
that, as of February 2, 2006, the Companys internal control over financial reporting was
effective.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of February 2, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte and Touche LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm whose report appears on page 34.
March 28, 2006
33
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Albertsons, Inc.:
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Albertsons, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2006, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Companys management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the
supervision of, the companys principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons
performing similar functions, and effected by the companys board of directors, management, and
other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes
those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the
possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to
error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods
are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of February 2, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on
the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained,
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2,
2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of
and for the year ended February 2, 2006 of the Company and our report dated March 28, 2006
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boise, Idaho
March 28, 2006
34
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Albertsons, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Albertsons, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the Company) as of February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005, and the related consolidated
statements of earnings, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended February 2, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Albertsons, Inc. and subsidiaries at February 2, 2006 and February 3,
2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended February 2, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting
as of February 2, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report
dated March 28, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on managements assessment of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boise, Idaho
March 28, 2006
35
ALBERTSONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS STATEMENTS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| For the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2006 and the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 53 weeks ended February 3, 2005 and 52 weeks ended January 29, 2004 |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
|
January 29, |
|
| (In millions, except per share data) |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
| |
| |
Sales |
|
$ |
40,358 |
|
|
$ |
39,810 |
|
|
$ |
35,019 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
29,038 |
|
|
|
28,648 |
|
|
|
24,997 |
|
| |
Gross profit |
|
|
11,320 |
|
|
|
11,162 |
|
|
|
10,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
10,082 |
|
|
|
9,946 |
|
|
|
8,714 |
|
Restructuring credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
| |
Operating profit |
|
|
1,238 |
|
|
|
1,226 |
|
|
|
1,318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses (income): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest, net |
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
| |
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes |
|
|
714 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
906 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $10 and $18 |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
446 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
$ |
1.28 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.24 |
|
|
$ |
1.27 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
36
ALBERTSONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| (In millions, except par value data) |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
| |
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
406 |
|
|
$ |
273 |
|
Accounts and notes receivable, net |
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
Inventories,
net |
|
|
3,036 |
|
|
|
3,119 |
|
Assets held for sale |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
Prepaid and other |
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
| |
Total Current Assets |
|
|
4,355 |
|
|
|
4,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land, buildings and equipment, net |
|
|
9,903 |
|
|
|
10,472 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
2,269 |
|
|
|
2,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles, net |
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
868 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
17,871 |
|
|
$ |
18,311 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
2,203 |
|
|
$ |
2,250 |
|
Salaries and related liabilities |
|
|
743 |
|
|
|
739 |
|
Self-insurance liabilities |
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
607 |
|
|
|
595 |
|
| |
Total Current Liabilities |
|
|
3,880 |
|
|
|
4,085 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
5,422 |
|
|
|
5,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
856 |
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Self-insurance liabilities |
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits |
|
|
1,315 |
|
|
|
1,524 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock $1.00 par value; authorized - 10 shares;
designated - 3 shares of Series A Junior Participating; issued -
none |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $1.00 par value; authorized - 1,200 shares; issued
- 370 shares and 368 shares, respectively |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
Capital in excess of par |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(145 |
) |
Retained earnings |
|
|
5,298 |
|
|
|
5,132 |
|
| |
Total Stockholders Equity |
|
|
5,707 |
|
|
|
5,421 |
|
| |
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
|
$ |
17,871 |
|
|
$ |
18,311 |
|
| |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
37
ALBERTSONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| For the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2006 and the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 53 weeks ended February 3, 2005 and 52 weeks ended January 29, 2004 |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
|
January 29, |
|
| (In millions) |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
| |
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
446 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,101 |
|
|
|
969 |
|
Net deferred income taxes |
|
|
(95 |
) |
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
Other noncash charges |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Gain on curtailment of postretirement benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
Net gain on asset sales |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
Restructuring credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
Discontinued operations noncash charges |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables and prepaid expenses |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
(62 |
) |
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
(236 |
) |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
Self-insurance |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Unearned income |
|
|
(92 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
11 |
|
| |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,545 |
|
|
|
2,114 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(2,214 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(860 |
) |
|
|
(1,050 |
) |
|
|
(1,094 |
) |
Proceeds from disposal of land, buildings and equipment |
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
Refundable tax deposit |
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
| |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(604 |
) |
|
|
(3,068 |
) |
|
|
(901 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from mandatory convertible security |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
|
(279 |
) |
Payments on long-term borrowings |
|
|
(242 |
) |
|
|
(532 |
) |
|
|
(120 |
) |
Stock purchases and retirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108 |
) |
Mandatory convertible security financing costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term borrowings |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
Net commercial paper activity |
|
|
(349 |
) |
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(808 |
) |
|
|
666 |
|
|
|
(492 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year |
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
561 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year |
|
$ |
406 |
|
|
$ |
273 |
|
|
$ |
561 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Cash Flow Information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds |
|
$ |
287 |
|
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
231 |
|
Cash payments for interest, net of amounts capitalized |
|
|
515 |
|
|
|
509 |
|
|
|
401 |
|
Noncash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized lease obligations incurred |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
38
ALBERTSONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY STATEMENTS
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Common |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Stock |
|
|
In Excess |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
$1.00 Par |
|
|
Of Par |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Stockholders |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
| (Dollars in millions) |
|
Value |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Loss |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
Income |
|
| |
| |
Balance at January 30, 2003 |
|
$ |
372 |
|
|
$ |
128 |
|
|
|
$ (96 |
) |
|
$ |
4,793 |
|
|
$ |
5,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock purchases and retirements - 5,314,700 shares |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock unit plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
Directors stock plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax of $8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
| |
Balance at January 29, 2004 |
|
$ |
368 |
|
|
$ |
155 |
|
|
|
$ (109 |
) |
|
$ |
4,967 |
|
|
$ |
5,381 |
|
|
$ |
543 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock unit plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
Directors stock plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax of $21) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
Forward purchase liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax adjustment related to stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Balance at February 3, 2005 |
|
$ |
368 |
|
|
$ |
66 |
|
|
|
$ (145 |
) |
|
$ |
5,132 |
|
|
$ |
5,421 |
|
|
$ |
408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
$ |
446 |
|
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock unit plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
Directors stock plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax of $40) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
Amortization of rate lock agreement (net of tax) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
| |
Balance at February 2, 2006 |
|
$ |
370 |
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
|
$ (83 |
) |
|
$ |
5,298 |
|
|
$ |
5,707 |
|
|
$ |
508 |
|
| |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
39
ALBERTSONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
1. Business Description and Basis of Presentation
Albertsons, Inc. (Albertsons or the Company) is incorporated under the laws of the State of
Delaware and is the successor to a business founded by J.A. Albertson in 1939. Based on sales, the
Company is one of the largest retail food and drug chains in the world.
As of February 2, 2006, the Company, through its divisions and subsidiaries, operated 2,471 stores
in 37 states. The Company, through its divisions and subsidiaries, also operated 238 fuel centers
near existing stores. Retail operations are supported by 19 major Company distribution operations,
strategically located in the Companys operating markets.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States and include all entities over which the Company has
control, including its majority-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated.
Definitive Agreement to Sell Company: On January 22, 2006, Albertsons entered into a series of
agreements (the Agreements) providing for the sale of Albertsons to SUPERVALU INC. (Supervalu),
CVS Corporation (CVS) and a consortium of investors including Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.,
Kimco Realty Corporation, Lubert-Adler Management, Inc., Klaff Realty, L.P. and Schottenstein
Stores Corporation (the Cerberus Group). As a result of a series of transactions provided for
under the Agreements (the Transactions), Albertsons shareholders will
ultimately be entitled to receive $20.35 in cash and 0.182 shares of Supervalu common stock for
each share of Albertsons common stock that they held before the Transactions.
The Transactions are subject to approval by Albertsons shareholders and
Supervalus shareholders as well as antitrust clearance and the satisfaction or waiver of other
customary closing conditions (see Note 20 Subsequent
Event). The Transactions are currently anticipated to be
completed in the second quarter of calendar year 2006, but the completion of the Transactions could
be delayed if, among other things, all necessary approvals are not
obtained by that time. The
Company may be required to pay to Supervalu a termination fee of $276
if the merger agreement is terminated under specified circumstances.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal Year End: The Companys fiscal year ends on the Thursday nearest to January 31. As a result,
the Companys fiscal year includes a 53rd week every five to six years. The Companys fiscal year ended
February 2, 2006 (2005) contained 52 weeks. Fiscal years ended February 3, 2005 (2004) and January 29, 2004 (2003) contained 53 and 52 weeks, respectively.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of the Companys consolidated financial statements, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, requires management to make
estimates and assumptions. Some of these estimates require difficult, subjective or complex
judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. As a result, actual results could differ
from these estimates. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Segment Information: The Companys operations are located in the United States and are within a
single operating segment, the retail sale of food and drug merchandise.
Derivatives: From time to time, the Company enters into certain derivative transactions; however,
the Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company
uses derivatives primarily as cash flow hedges to set interest rates for forecasted debt issuances,
such as interest rate locks. These contracts are with major financial institutions and are very
short-term in nature. The gain or loss on interest rate locks is deferred in accumulated other
comprehensive income and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the
related debt instrument.
Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Companys banking
arrangements allow the Company to fund outstanding checks when presented to the respective
financial institution for payment. This cash management practice frequently results in a net cash
book overdraft position, which occurs when total issued checks exceed available cash balances at a
single financial institution. The Company has recorded its cash disbursement accounts with a net
cash book overdraft position in Accounts payable in the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets, and
the net change in cash book overdrafts in the Accounts payable line item within the Cash Flows from
Operating Activities section of the Companys Consolidated Cash Flow Statements. At February 2,
2006 and February 3, 2005, the Company had net cash book overdrafts of $234 and $294,
respectively, classified in Accounts payable.
40
The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit card, debit card and electronic
benefit transactions (EBT) process within 24 to 48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a
Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card, debit card and EBT
transactions that process in less than seven days are classified as cash and cash equivalents.
Amounts due from banks for these transactions classified as Cash and cash equivalents in the
Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets totaled $54 and $61 at February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005,
respectively.
Accounts and Notes Receivable: Accounts and notes receivable are recorded net of an allowance for
expected losses. The allowance, recognized in an amount equal to the anticipated future write-offs
based on delinquencies, aging trends, industry risk trends and our historical experience was as
follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Trade and other accounts receivable |
|
$ |
720 |
|
|
$ |
677 |
|
Current portion of notes receivable |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
723 |
|
|
$ |
675 |
|
| |
Inventories: Approximately 94% of the Companys inventories are valued using the last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method. If the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method had been used, inventories
would have been $598 and $584 higher at the end of 2005 and 2004, respectively. Net earnings would
have been higher by $8 ($0.02 per diluted share) in 2005, higher by $5 ($0.01 per diluted share) in
2004 and lower by $8 ($0.02 per diluted share) in 2003. The replacement cost of inventories valued
at LIFO approximates FIFO cost.
During 2005 and 2004, inventory quantities in certain LIFO layers were reduced. These reductions
resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior
years as compared with the cost of 2005 and 2004 purchases. As a result, cost of sales decreased
by $8 in 2005, $0 in 2004, and $3 in 2003. This increased net earnings by $5 ($0.01 per diluted
share) in 2005, by $0 in 2004, and by $2 ($0.01 per diluted share) in 2003.
Vendor Funds: The Company receives funds from many of the vendors whose products the Company buys
for resale in its stores. These vendor funds are provided to increase the sell-through of the
related products. The Company receives vendor funds for a variety of merchandising activities:
placement of the vendors products in the Companys advertising; display of the vendors products
in prominent locations in the Companys stores; introduction of new products into the Companys
distribution system and retail stores; exclusivity rights in certain categories that have
slower-turning products; and to compensate for temporary price reductions offered to customers on
products held for sale at retail stores. The Company also receives vendor funds for buying
activities such as volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their
need and cash discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases (early payment discounts).
As of February 2, 2006, the terms of the Companys vendor funds arrangements varied in length from
short-term arrangements that are to be completed within a quarter to long-term arrangements that
are expected to be completed within eight years.
The Company recognizes vendor funds for merchandising activities as a reduction of cost of sales
when the related products are sold in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a
Vendor (EITF 02-16). The amount of vendor funds reducing the Companys inventory (inventory
offset) as of February 2, 2006, was $187, an increase of $61 from the beginning of 2005. The
vendor funds inventory offset as of February 3, 2005 was $126, a decrease of $29 from the beginning
of 2004. The inventory offset was determined by estimating the average inventory turnover rates by
product category for the Companys grocery, general merchandise and lobby departments (these
departments received over three-quarters of the Companys vendor funds in 2005) and by average
inventory turnover rates by department for the Companys remaining inventory.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company reviewed its method of accounting for early payment
discounts and determined that effective for 2005 it would recognize such discounts as a reduction
of inventory and then as a reduction to cost of sales when the related products are sold. The
Company previously recognized early payment discounts as a financing component of merchandise
purchases by reducing cost of sales when the related product was purchased. If the Company had
applied this method when EITF 02-16 was adopted in 2002, net earnings would have increased by
approximately $0.3, $0.9 and $0.3 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Management concluded that
the impact on the Companys prior years interim and annual consolidated financial statements was
not material and, therefore, recorded a noncash adjustment of $38 or $23 after-tax ($0.06 per
diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the cumulative effect. This change will have no
impact on historical or future cash flows or the amount the Company has paid or will pay for
merchandise.
41
Capitalization, Depreciation and Amortization: Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings and improvements-10 to 35 years;
leasehold improvements-10 to 25 years; assets held under capitalized leases-20 to 30 years;
fixtures and equipment-three to eight years; software-three to five years; and intangibles-three to
10 years (exclusive of beneficial lease rights which are discussed below).
The costs of major remodeling and improvements on leased stores are capitalized as leasehold
improvements and amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the term of the
applicable lease or the useful life of the asset. Assets under capital leases are recorded at the
lower of the fair market value of the asset or the present value of future minimum lease payments
and amortized on the straight-line method over the lease term.
Beneficial lease rights and lease liabilities are recorded on purchased leases based on differences
between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the
lease acquisition date. Beneficial lease rights are classified as Intangible assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortized on a straight-line basis over the greater of the lease
term or 15 years. Unfavorable lease liabilities are amortized over the lease term using the
straight-line method.
Goodwill: Goodwill results from business acquisitions and represents the excess of purchase price
over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but
instead tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential
impairment.
Deferred Charges: Costs incurred to obtain long-term financing are capitalized and amortized as a
component of interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the related debt or credit
facility. As of February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005 the Company had $35 and $38 of net deferred
charges, respectively, classified as Other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Company-Owned Life Insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies to fund its
obligations under certain deferred compensation plans for certain current and former officers, key
employees and directors. Cash surrender values of these policies are adjusted for fluctuations in
the market value of underlying investments. The cash surrender value is adjusted each reporting
period and any gain or loss is included with Other income and expense in the Companys Consolidated
Earnings Statements.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Closed Store Reserves: The Company regularly reviews its
stores and other long-lived assets and asset groups for indicators of impairment based on
operational performance and the Companys plans for store closures. When events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or an asset group may not be
recoverable, the assets fair value is compared to its carrying value. Impairment losses are
recognized as the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceed their fair values. For
long-lived assets that are classified as Assets held for sale, the Company recognizes impairment
charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the estimated
fair value. Asset fair values are determined by internal real estate specialists or by independent
valuation experts. These estimates can be significantly impacted by factors such
as changes in real estate market conditions, the economic environment and inflation. The Company
recognized impairment charges related to stores to be held and used and stores held for sale of
$55, $43 and $36 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These charges were recorded in Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the Companys Consolidated Earnings Statements.
For properties that have closed and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any
remaining liability under the lease, discounted using credit risk-free rates and net of estimated
sublease recovery, is recognized as a liability and charged to operations. The value of any
equipment and leasehold improvements related to a closed store is reduced to reflect net
recoverable values. Internal real estate specialists estimate the subtenant income, future cash
flows and asset recovery values based on their historical experience and knowledge of (1) the
market in which the store to be closed is located, (2) the results of the Companys previous
efforts to dispose of similar assets and (3) the current economic conditions. The actual cost of
disposition for these leases and related assets is affected by specific factors such as real estate
markets, the economic environment and inflation.
Self-Insurance: The Company is primarily self-insured for property loss, workers compensation,
automobile liability costs and general liability costs. Self-insurance liabilities are not
discounted and are determined actuarially based on claims filed and estimates for claims incurred
but not yet reported.
Deferred Rent: The Company recognizes rent holidays, including the period of time the Company has
access prior to taking possession of the property, which typically includes construction and
fixturing activity, and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The
deferred rent amount is included in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities and
deferred credits in the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets.
42
Pension Costs: Pension benefit obligations and the related effects on operations are dependent on
the Companys selection of actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected
long-term rate of return on plan assets. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 12 Employee
Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements. Actual results that differ from the Companys
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect the
Companys recognized expense and recorded obligation in future periods.
The Company also participates in various multi-employer plans for substantially all union
employees. Pension expense for these plans is recognized as contributions are funded.
Legal Contingencies: The Company records reserves for legal contingencies, in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, when
the information available to the Company indicates that it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Predicting the outcomes of claims
and litigation and estimating related costs and exposures involve substantial uncertainties that
could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates.
Revenue
Recognition: Revenue is recognized at the point of sale for
retail sales. Discounts
earned by customers using their preferred loyalty card is recorded by the Company as a reduction to
sales.
Procurement, Distribution and Merchandising Costs: Cost of sales include, among other things,
purchasing, inbound freight costs, product quality testing costs, warehousing costs, internal
transfer costs, advertising, private label program and strategic sourcing program costs. Selling,
general and administrative expenses include, among other things, merchandise planning and
management costs, store-based purchasing and receiving costs and inventory management costs.
Store Opening Costs: Noncapital expenditures incurred in opening new stores or remodeling existing
stores are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.
Advertising: Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. Cooperative advertising funds are
accounted for as vendor funds as described above. Gross advertising expenses of $534, $579 and
$472, excluding cooperative advertising money received from vendors, were included in Cost of sales
in the Companys Consolidated Earnings Statements for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation: In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company accounted for stock-based
compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
Accordingly, expense associated with stock-based compensation has been measured as the excess, if
any, of the quoted market price of the Companys stock at the date of the grant over the option
exercise price and is charged to operations over the vesting period. Income tax benefits
attributable to stock options exercised have been credited to capital in excess of par value. SFAS
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure - An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123
encourages, but does not require, companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee
compensation plans at fair value. If the fair value-based accounting method was utilized for
stock-based compensation, the Companys pro forma net earnings and earnings per share for the
periods presented below would have been as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Net Earnings as reported |
|
$ |
446 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
Add: Stock-based compensation
expense included in reported net
earnings, net of related tax
effects |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Deduct: Total stock-based
compensation expense determined
under fair value based method for
all awards, net of related tax
effects |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
| |
Pro Forma Net Earnings |
|
$ |
423 |
|
|
$ |
417 |
|
|
$ |
527 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Earnings Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
$ |
1.20 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Pro Forma |
|
|
1.14 |
|
|
|
1.13 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
| |
Diluted Earnings Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
$ |
1.20 |
|
|
$ |
1.19 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Pro Forma |
|
|
1.14 |
|
|
|
1.12 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
| |
43
The pro forma effect on net earnings for the years presented above are not representative of the
pro forma effect on net earnings in future years. For more information on the method and
assumptions used in determining the fair value of stock-based compensation, see Note 11 Stock
Options and Stock Awards.
Income Taxes: Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred income
taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the financial
statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to be settled or realized. A valuation allowance is recorded for
deferred tax assets considered not likely to be realized. The major temporary differences and their
net effect are shown in Note 10 Income Taxes.
Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income refers to net income plus certain other items that are
recorded directly to Stockholders Equity. Items of comprehensive income other than net earnings
were primarily related to changes in the minimum pension liability of $103 ($63 net of tax), $57
($36 net of tax) and $21 ($13 net of tax) for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Reclassifications: Prior to the second quarter of 2005, liabilities incurred to acquire or
construct assets were included in Net cash provided by operating activities in the Companys
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statements. Effective in the second quarter of 2005, these
liabilities were excluded from Net cash provided by operating activities and the related payments
of those liabilities were reflected as capital expenditures within Net cash used in investing
activities in the period in which they were paid. As a result of a reclassification related to the
13 week period ended May 5, 2005, Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
February 2, 2006 reflects a $20 increase and Net cash used in investing activities for capital
expenditures reflects a $20 increase. The impact of this change on the Companys Consolidated Cash
Flow Statement for the years ended February 3, 2005 and
January 29, 2004 was not significant and
the related amounts were not reclassified.
Certain other reclassifications have been made in prior year financial statements to conform to
classifications used in the current year.
Related Parties: There were no related party transactions in 2005. In 2004, the Company leased
one store and one office location ($0.9 of rent, common area maintenance fees and taxes paid) and
leased an aircraft for one business-related flight (insignificant) from entities that have a
relationship with an individual who was a member of the Board of Directors during a portion of
2004. In 2003, the Company leased one store and two office locations ($1.0 of rent, common area
maintenance fees and taxes paid) from entities that have or at the time had a relationship with an
individual who was a member of the Board of Directors during 2003. As of February 2, 2006, the
referenced individual was not a member of the Board.
3. New and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In May 2004 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
No. FSP FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription
Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP FAS 106-2). FSP FAS 106-2 supersedes FSP
FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, and provides guidance on the accounting and disclosure
related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Medicare
Act), which was signed into law in December 2003. The Medicare Act and adoption of FSP FAS 106-2
in the Companys third quarter of 2005 did not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In November 2004 the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS No. 151). SFAS No. 151 clarifies that inventory costs that are abnormal are
required to be charged to expense as incurred as opposed to being capitalized into inventory as a
product cost. SFAS No. 151 provides examples of abnormal costs to include costs of idle
facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 is
effective for the year beginning February 3, 2006. The impact of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to
have a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004 the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No.
123(R)). SFAS No. 123(R) addresses the accounting for share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options. Under the new standard, companies will no longer be
able to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method in
accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Instead, companies
will be required to account for such transactions using a fair-value method and recognize the
expense in their consolidated earnings statements. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using
the modified prospective transition method beginning with the first quarter of 2006. Under this
method, awards that are granted, modified or settled on or after February 3, 2006 will be measured
and accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). In addition, in the Companys first quarter
of 2006, expense must be recognized in the earnings statement for unvested awards that were granted
prior to the start of the first quarter of 2006. The expense will be based on the fair value
determined at grant date under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The
Company estimates that earnings per share in 2006 will
44
be reduced by approximately $0.04 per diluted share as a result of the incremental compensation
expense to be recognized from implementing SFAS No. 123(R). However, the calculation of
compensation cost for share-based payment transactions after the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R)
may be different from the calculation of compensation cost under SFAS No. 123, and such differences
have not yet been quantified.
In March 2005 the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset
Retirement Obligations an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (FIN 47). FIN 47 clarifies
that the term conditional asset retirement obligation as used in FASB Statement No. 143,
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset
retirement activity in which the timing and (or) method of settlement are conditional on a future
event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Accordingly, an entity is required
to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the
fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 became effective for the Company
on February 2, 2006 and did not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
In May 2005 the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections a Replacement
of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (SFAS No. 154). SFAS No. 154 requires
retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle,
unless impracticable or unless a pronouncement includes alternative transition provisions. SFAS
No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization or depletion method for
long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate effected by a
change in accounting principle. This statement carries forward the guidance in APB Opinion No. 20,
Accounting Changes, for the reporting of a correction of an error and a change in accounting
estimate. SFAS No. 154 is effective for the year beginning February 3, 2006.
In June 2005 the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization
Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business
Combination (EITF 05-6). EITF 05-6 requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a business
combination be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes
required lease periods and renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date of
acquisition. EITF 05-6 also requires that leasehold improvements that are placed in service
significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the lease term be amortized
over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods
and renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date the leasehold improvements
are purchased. The Companys historical accounting policies comply with these provisions and,
accordingly, the adoption of EITF 05-6 in the third quarter of 2005 did not have an effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In October 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 13-1, Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred During a
Construction Period (FSP FAS 13-1). FSP FAS 13-1 requires rental costs associated with building
or ground leases incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. The
Company historically capitalized rental costs incurred during a construction period. In accordance
with the transition provisions of FSP FAS 13-1, the Company elected to early adopt and
prospectively apply the requirement to expense rental costs incurred during a construction period
in the Companys fourth quarter of 2005. The adoption of FSP FAS 13-1 did not have a material
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In October 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-2, Practical Accommodation to the Application of
Grant Date as Defined in FASB Statement No. 123(R) (FSP 123(R)-2). SFAS No. 123(R) requires
companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards when the awards have been
granted. One of the criteria for determining that an award has been granted is that the employer
and its employees have a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of the award. Under
FSP 123(R)-2, a mutual understanding is presumed to exist on the date the award is approved by the
Board of Directors or management with relevant authority, assuming certain conditions are met. FSP
123(R)-2 became effective upon the Companys initial adoption of SFAS 123(R). The Company
continues to evaluate the impact, if any, which FSP FAS 123(R)-2 could have on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In November 2005 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-3, Transition Election to Accounting for the Tax
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards (FSP FAS 123(R)-3). FSP FAS 123(R)-3 provides an
alternative method to SFAS No. 123(R) for calculating the additional-paid-in-capital pool of excess
tax benefits available to absorb any tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS
No. 123(R). Companies that adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application may
make a one-time election to adopt this alternative method, and the Company may take up to one year
from the initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) to evaluate its alternatives and whether to make the
one-time election. The Company continues to evaluate its alternatives and the impact, if any,
which the one-time election could have on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
45
In February 2006 the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-4, Classification of Options and Similar
Instruments Issued as Employee Compensation That Allow for Cash Settlement upon the Occurrence of a
Contingent Event (FSP FAS 123(R)-4). FSP FAS 123(R)-4 amends SFAS No. 123(R) and addresses the
classification of stock options and similar instruments issued as employee compensation that
require or permit, at the holders election, cash settlement upon the occurrence of a contingent
event (such as a change in control). FSP FAS 123(R)-4 clarifies that stock options or similar
instruments that contain such a cash settlement feature should be accounted for as liabilities if
and when the contingent cash settlement event becomes probable. The Companys stock compensation
plans do not require or permit cash settlement at the holders election upon the occurrence of a
contingent event. Accordingly, the adoption of FSP FAS 123(R)-4 is not expected to have a material
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
4. Business Acquisitions
Shaws
On April 30, 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the entity which
conducted J Sainsbury plcs U.S. retail grocery store business (Shaws). The results of Shaws
operations have been included in the Companys consolidated financial statements since that date.
The operations acquired consisted of 206 grocery stores in the New England area operated under the
banners of Shaws and Star Market. The Company acquired Shaws for a variety of reasons, including
attractive market share positions and real estate, the opportunity to realize numerous synergies
and strong historical financial performance.
The aggregate purchase price was $2,578, which included $2,134 of cash, $441 of assumed capital
lease obligations and debt and $3 of transaction costs. The Company used a combination of
cash-on-hand and the proceeds of the issuance of $1,603 of commercial paper to finance the
acquisition. The Company used the proceeds from a subsequent mandatory convertible security
offering (see Note 8 Indebtedness) to repay $1,117 of such commercial paper.
The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. The initial purchase price allocations were based
on a combination of third-party valuations and internal analyses and were adjusted during the
allocation period as defined in SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations and EITF No. 93-7,
Uncertainties Related to Income Taxes in a Purchase Business Combination.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revised |
|
| |
|
Initial Purchase |
|
|
Purchase Price |
|
|
Purchase Price |
|
| |
|
Price Allocation |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Allocation |
|
| |
Current assets |
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
$ |
486 |
|
Land, buildings and equipment |
|
|
1,378 |
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
1,358 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
772 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
766 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
749 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
| |
Total assets acquired |
|
|
3,451 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
3,388 |
|
| |
Current liabilities |
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
424 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
441 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
456 |
|
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
386 |
|
| |
Total liabilities assumed |
|
|
1,314 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
1,251 |
|
| |
Net assets acquired |
|
$ |
2,137 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,137 |
|
| |
Acquired intangible assets include $399 assigned to trade names not subject to amortization, $308
assigned to favorable operating leases (13-year weighted average useful life), $36 assigned to a
customer loyalty program (seven-year useful life), $5 assigned to pharmacy prescriptions
(seven-year useful life), and other assets of $1 (18-year useful life). With the exception of trade
names, the intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful
lives.
As part of the purchase price allocation, the fair values of operating leases were calculated, a
portion of which represents favorable operating leases compared with current market conditions and
a portion of which represents unfavorable operating leases compared with current market conditions.
The favorable leases totaled $308 and are included in Intangibles, net in the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The unfavorable leases totaled $192, have an estimated weighted
average life of 18 years and are included in Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits in
the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets.
46
The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was
allocated to goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2005, due to the resolution of an uncertainty that
existed at the acquisition date related to the measurement of deferred income tax amounts, goodwill
was reduced by $31. Of the $772 recorded as goodwill, $95 was deductible for tax purposes and as
of February 2, 2006, $72 is deductible through 2017.
Bristol Farms
On September 21, 2004, the Company acquired New Bristol Farms, Inc. (Bristol Farms) for $137 in
cash. The operations acquired consisted of 11 gourmet retail stores in Southern California. The
purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired as determined by third-party valuations
and internal analyses. The purchase price was allocated as follows: $53 in assets, $17 in
liabilities, $21 in trade names not subject to amortization and $80 in goodwill.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations
of the Company, Shaws and Bristol Farms as if the acquisitions had occurred on January 31, 2003.
Shaws fiscal year ended on February 28, 2004, and Bristol Farms fiscal year ended on May 2, 2004.
The unaudited pro forma financial information uses Shaws and Bristol Farms data for the periods
corresponding to the Companys fiscal year. This unaudited pro forma financial information is not
intended to represent or be indicative of what would have occurred if the transactions had taken
place on the dates presented and should not be taken as representative of the Companys future
consolidated results of operations or financial position. The pro forma information does not
reflect any potential synergies or integration costs.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
53 weeks ended |
|
|
52 weeks ended |
|
| |
|
February 3, |
|
|
January 29, |
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
| |
Sales |
|
$ |
41,044 |
|
|
$ |
39,724 |
|
Net earnings |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.27 |
|
|
$ |
1.79 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
1.26 |
|
|
|
1.79 |
|
Lazy Acres Market
On November 7, 2005, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Lazy Acres Market,
Inc. (Lazy Acres) for a purchase price of $22 in cash. The acquisition of Lazy Acres, a gourmet
retail store located in Southern California, complements our acquisition of Bristol Farms in
September 2004. The purchase price has been allocated on a preliminary basis to the assets acquired
and the liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values of each as determined by third-party
valuations and internal analyses. The purchase price was allocated as follows: $9 to assets, $4 to
liabilities and $17 to goodwill.
5. Discontinued Operations, Restructuring Activities and Closed Stores
The Company has a process to review its asset portfolio in an attempt to maximize returns on its
invested capital. As a result of these reviews, in recent years the Company has closed and disposed
of a number of properties through market exits, restructuring activities and on-going store
closures. The Company recognizes lease liability reserves and impairment charges associated with
these transactions. Summarized below are the significant transactions the Company has undertaken
and the related lease accrual activity.
Discontinued Operations
In April 2005 the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell its operations in the
Jacksonville, Florida market to a single buyer. The sale was completed on August 24, 2005. The
operations consisted of seven operating stores, of which four were owned and three leased. The
three lease agreements were assumed by the buyer. Results of operations for the seven stores have
been reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and 2003.
In June 2004 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations
in the Omaha, Nebraska market, which consisted of 21 operating stores. Results of operations for
those stores have been reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and
2003. As of February 2, 2006 the Company had disposed of 19 properties. The two remaining
properties are subject to operating leases and have no book value.
In April 2004 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations
in the New Orleans, Louisiana market, which consisted of seven operating stores and three
non-operating properties. Results of operations for those stores and properties have been
reclassified and presented as discontinued operations for 2005, 2004 and 2003. As of February 2,
2006, the
47
Company had disposed of six properties. The four remaining properties have a book value of $14 and
are classified as Assets held for sale in the 2005 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
In 2002 the Company announced its plan to sell, close or otherwise dispose of its operations in
four underperforming markets: Memphis, Tennessee; Nashville, Tennessee; Houston, Texas; and San
Antonio, Texas. This involved the sale or closure of 95 operating stores and two distribution
centers. As of February 2, 2006 the Company had disposed of 89 properties. The eight remaining
properties have a book value of $2 and are classified as Assets held for sale in the Companys 2005
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The results of discontinued operations were as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
52 Weeks Ended |
|
|
53 Weeks Ended |
|
|
52 Weeks Ended |
|
| |
|
February 2, 2006 |
|
|
February 3, 2005 |
|
|
January 29, 2004 |
|
| |
Sales |
|
$ |
39 |
|
|
$ |
242 |
|
|
$ |
417 |
|
| |
Loss from operations |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Net impairment charges and lease accruals |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on disposal |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Loss from discontinued operations |
|
$ |
(16 |
) |
|
$ |
(30 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
| |
Restructuring Activities
In 2001 the Company committed to a plan to restructure its operations by 1) closing 165
underperforming stores, 2) closing four division offices,
3) centralizing processing functions to
its store support centers, and 4) reducing overall store support
center headcount. As of February 2, 2006, the Company had
disposed of or subleased 158 properties. The 11 remaining
properties have no book value.
The following table summarizes the accrual activity for future lease obligations related to
discontinued operations, restructuring activities and closed stores:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
February 3, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2006 |
|
| |
2004 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
(23 |
) |
|
$ |
12 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
January 29, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2004 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
2004 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
(7 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
12 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
47 |
|
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
| |
|
January 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
| |
|
2003 |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
2004 |
|
| |
2002 Discontinued Operations |
|
$ |
11 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
2001 Restructuring Activities |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
Closed Stores |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
69 |
|
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
47 |
|
| |
The reserve balances as of February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005 are included in Other current
liabilities and Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits in the Companys Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
48
6. Land, Buildings and Equipment
Land, buildings and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Land |
|
$ |
1,935 |
|
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
Buildings |
|
|
6,180 |
|
|
|
6,203 |
|
Fixtures and equipment |
|
|
6,482 |
|
|
|
6,583 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
2,499 |
|
|
|
2,422 |
|
Capitalized leases |
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
| |
|
|
|
18,013 |
|
|
|
18,130 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(7,944 |
) |
|
|
(7,514 |
) |
Accumulated amortization on capital leases |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
(144 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
9,903 |
|
|
$ |
10,472 |
|
| |
Depreciation expense was $1,074, $1,035 and $931 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Amortization expense of capital leases was $46, $38 and $18 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
During the
fourth quarters of 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company completed its annual impairment
reviews of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. To determine whether goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired, a combination of internal analyses and estimates
of fair value from independent valuation experts were used. Based on these analyses, the
Company determined there was no impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets. The
fair value estimates could change in the future depending on internal and external factors,
including the success of strategic sourcing initiatives, labor cost controls and competitive
activity.
At February 3, 2005, the Company had $884 recorded as goodwill resulting from the Shaws and
Bristol Farms acquisitions, which was adjusted to $852 in 2005 as
discussed in Note 4, Business
Acquisitions. In 2005 the Company recorded $17 of goodwill as a result of the acquisition of
Lazy Acres.
The carrying amount of intangible assets was as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Amortizing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Favorable acquired operating leases |
|
$ |
464 |
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
Customer lists and other contracts |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Loyalty card and other |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
| |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(152 |
) |
|
|
(158 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
384 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
Non-Amortizing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names |
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
Liquor licenses |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
| |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
844 |
|
|
$ |
868 |
|
| |
Straight line amortization expense for intangibles was $27, $28 and $20 in 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, net of unfavorable lease amortization. Amortizing intangible assets have remaining
useful lives from less than one year to 37 years. Projected amortization expense for existing
intangible assets is $22, $21, $20, $18 and $17, for 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
net of unfavorable lease amortization.
49
8. Indebtedness
Long-term debt consisted of the following (borrowings are unsecured unless indicated):
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Commercial Paper, average interest rate of 2.6% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
349 |
|
3.75% Senior Notes due May 16, 2009 |
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
8.0% Debentures due May 1, 2031 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
7.25% Notes due May 1, 2013 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
7.5% Notes due February 15, 2011 |
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
8.35% Notes due May 1, 2010 |
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
8.7% Debentures due May 1, 2030 |
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
225 |
|
7.45% Debentures due August 1, 2029 |
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
6.95% Notes due August 1, 2009 |
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
Medium-term Notes, due 2013 through 2028, average interest rate of 6.5% |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
Medium-term Notes, due 2007 through 2027, average interest rate of 6.8% |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
7.75% Debentures due June 15, 2026 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
7.5% Debentures due May 1, 2037 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026 |
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
7.9% Debentures due May 1, 2017 |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
7.4% Notes due May 15, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
Medium-term Notes, due 2008 through 2028, average interest rate of 6.9% |
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
145 |
|
Industrial revenue bonds, average interest rate of 6.0% and 5.9%, respectively due through
December 15, 2011 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Secured Mortgage and other Notes, average interest rate of 6.4% and 5.5%, respectively
due 2006 through 2019 |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
| |
|
|
|
5,450 |
|
|
|
6,006 |
|
Current maturities |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(214 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
5,422 |
|
|
$ |
5,792 |
|
| |
At February 2, 2006, the Company had three revolving credit facilities totaling $1,400. The first
agreement, a five-year facility with total availability of $900, will expire in June 2009. The
second agreement, a five-year facility with total availability of $100, will expire in July 2009.
The third agreement, a revolving credit facility with total availability of $400, will expire in
June 2010. The Companys commercial paper program is backed by all three of these credit
facilities. All of the agreements contain two financial covenants: 1) a minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio and 2) a maximum consolidated leverage ratio, each as defined in the credit
facilities. Under these facilities, the fixed charge coverage ratio shall not be less than 2.6 to 1
through April 30, 2006 and 2.7 to 1 thereafter. The consolidated leverage ratio shall not exceed
4.5 to 1 through April 30, 2006, 4.25 to 1 through April 30, 2007, and 4.0 to 1 thereafter. As of
February 2, 2006, the Company was in compliance with these requirements. No borrowings were
outstanding under the credit facilities as of February 2, 2006 or February 3, 2005. The Company had
$0 and $349 in commercial paper borrowings outstanding at February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005,
respectively.
Mandatory Convertible Security Offering
In May 2004 the Company completed a public offering registered with the SEC of 40,000,000 of 7.25%
mandatory convertible securities (Corporate Units), yielding net proceeds of $971. In June 2004
the underwriters purchased an additional 6,000,000 Corporate Units pursuant to an over-allotment
option, yielding net proceeds of $146. Each Corporate Unit consists of a purchase contract and,
initially, a 2.5% ownership interest in one of the Companys senior notes with a principal amount
of one thousand dollars, which corresponds to a twenty-five dollar principal amount of senior
notes. The ownership interest in the senior notes is initially pledged to secure the Corporate Unit
holders obligation to purchase Company common stock under the related purchase contract. The
holders of the Corporate Units may elect to substitute the senior notes with zero-coupon U.S.
treasury securities that mature on May 15, 2007 having a principal amount at maturity equal to the
aggregate principal amount of the senior notes to secure the purchase contracts. The senior notes
bear an annual interest rate of 3.75%. In the first half of 2007 the aggregate principal amount of
the senior notes will be remarketed, which may result in a change in the interest rate and maturity
date of the senior notes. Proceeds from a successful remarketing would be used to satisfy in full
each Corporate Unit holders obligation to purchase common stock under the related purchase
contract. If the senior notes are not successfully remarketed, the holders will have the right to
put the senior notes to the Company to satisfy their obligations under the purchase contract in a
noncash transaction. The purchase contracts yield 3.5% per year on the stated amount of twenty-five
dollars. Subsequent to a successful remarketing, the senior notes will remain outstanding and the
Company will settle its obligations on the maturity date of the senior notes in February 2009 or at
a later date if the maturity date is extended in connection with the remarketing of the senior
notes under the terms of the Corporate Units.
50
Each purchase contract obligates the holder to purchase, and the Company to sell, at a purchase
price of twenty-five dollars in cash, shares of the Companys common stock on or before May 16,
2007 (the Purchase Contract Settlement Date). Generally, the number of shares each holder of the
Corporate Units is obligated to purchase depends on the average closing price per share of the
Companys common stock over a 20-day trading period ending on the third trading day immediately
preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date (the Trading Period), subject to anti-dilution
adjustments. If the average closing price of the Companys common stock for the Trading Period is
equal to or greater than $28.82 per share, the settlement rate will be 0.8675 shares of common
stock. If the average closing price for the Trading Period is less than $28.82 per share but
greater than $23.06 per share, the settlement rate is equal to twenty-five dollars divided by the
average closing price of the Companys common stock for the Trading Period. If the average closing
price for the Trading Period is less than or equal to $23.06 per share, the settlement rate will be
1.0841 shares of common stock. Under the terms of the purchase contracts, the Company would be
required to issue a minimum of 39,905,000 shares and a maximum of 49,868,600 shares of its common
stock. If the purchase contracts had been settled as of February 2, 2006, the Company would have
issued approximately 48,230,200 shares of its common stock. The holders of Corporate Units have the
option to settle their obligations under the purchase contracts at any time on or prior to the
fifth business day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.
As consideration for assuming the downside market risk without participating in all of the
potential appreciation of the Companys common stock, the holders of the Corporate Units receive a
quarterly purchase contract adjustment payment equal to 3.5% per annum of the value of the
Corporate Units. Upon issuance, a liability for the present value of the aggregate amount of the
purchase contract adjustment payments of $114 was recorded as a reduction of Stockholders Equity,
with an offsetting increase to Other long-term liabilities and Other current liabilities. The
initial reduction of Stockholders Equity represents the fair value of the contract adjustment
payments. Subsequent contract adjustment payments will reduce the liabilities, with a portion of
the payments recognized as interest expense for the amortization of the difference between the
aggregate amount of the contract adjustment payments and the present value thereof. Upon settlement
of each purchase contract, the Company will receive the stated amount of twenty-five dollars on the
purchase contract and will issue the requisite number of shares of common stock. The stated amount
received will be recorded as an increase to Stockholders Equity.
Before the issuance of common stock upon settlement of the purchase contracts, the Corporate Units
will be reflected in diluted earnings per share calculations using the treasury stock method as
defined by SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. Under this method, the number of shares of common
stock used in calculating diluted earnings per share (based on the settlement formula applied at
the end of the reporting period) is deemed to be increased by the excess, if any, of the number of
shares that would be issued upon settlement of the purchase contracts less the number of shares
that could be purchased by the Company in the market at the average market price during the period
using the proceeds to be received upon settlement. Therefore, dilution will occur for periods when
the average market price of the Companys common stock for the reporting period is above $28.82,
and will potentially occur when the average price of the Companys common stock for the 20-day
trading period preceding the end of the reporting period is lower than the average price of the
Companys common stock for the full reporting period. The Corporate Units were not dilutive for
the year ended February 2, 2006.
Both the FASB and the EITF continue to study the accounting for financial instruments and
derivative instruments, including instruments such as the Corporate Units. It is possible that the
Companys accounting for the Corporate Units could be affected by new accounting rules that might
be issued by these groups. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the method in which the
Corporate Units are reflected in the Companys diluted earnings per share will not change in the
future if accounting rules or interpretations evolve.
In summary, the Company received $1,150 in cash in 2004 upon issuance of the Corporate Units. In
February 2007 (three months prior to the purchase contract settlement date in May 2007), the
remarketing agent will attempt to remarket the senior notes on behalf of the holders of the
Corporate Units. If this initial remarketing is unsuccessful, the remarketing agent will attempt to
remarket the senior notes again in May 2007 prior to the purchase contract settlement date in a
final remarketing. If the initial remarketing is successful, the cash proceeds will be delivered to
the collateral agent and will be used to purchase U.S. treasury securities maturing on or about the
purchase contract settlement date that will serve as collateral for the obligations under the
purchase contracts until the purchase contract settlement date. If the final remarketing is
required and is successful, the cash proceeds will be delivered to the collateral agent and will
serve as collateral for the obligations under the purchase contracts. In the case of any successful
remarketing, the collateral agent will use the cash in the collateral account to settle the
purchase contracts on the purchase contract settlement date on behalf of the holders of the
Corporate Units. Upon settlement of the purchase contracts, the Company will receive an additional
$1,150 in cash and will issue the requisite number of shares of the Companys common stock.
Thereafter, the shares of common stock issued will be included in the calculation of basic earnings
per share and the Company also will have an obligation to pay the principal amount of the senior
notes of $1,150 at the maturity date in February 2009 or at a later date if the maturity date is
extended in connection with the remarketing of the senior notes under the terms of the Corporate
Units.
51
If the senior notes are not successfully remarketed, the Company will not receive cash from the
holders of the Corporate Units. Rather, the holders may elect to put the senior notes to the
Company on the purchase contract settlement date to satisfy their obligations under the purchase
contracts, and the Company will issue the requisite number of shares of its common stock in a
noncash transaction. Thereafter, the shares of common stock issued will be included in the
calculation of basic earnings per share.
Shelf Registration
The Company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC, which became effective on February
13, 2001 (2001 Shelf Registration), to authorize the issuance of up to $3,000 in debt securities.
Other Indebtedness
The Company has pledged real estate with a cost of $90 as collateral for mortgage notes which are
payable on various schedules including interest at rates ranging from 5.0% to 10.7%. The notes
mature from 2006 to 2014.
Medium-term notes of $30 due
July 2027 contain put options that would require the Company to repay
the notes in July 2007 if the holders of the notes so elect by giving the
Company 60-days notice.
Medium-term notes of $50 due April 2028 contain put options which would require the Company to
repay the notes in April 2008 if the holders of the notes so
elect by giving the Company 60-days
notice. The $200 of 7.5% debentures due 2037 contain put options that would require the Company
to repay the notes in 2009 if the holders of the notes so elect by
giving the Company 60-days notice.
Net interest expense was as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Long-term debt |
|
$ |
427 |
|
|
$ |
416 |
|
|
$ |
374 |
|
Capitalized leases |
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Capitalized interest |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
| |
Interest expense |
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
394 |
|
Bank service charges, net of interest income |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
529 |
|
|
$ |
499 |
|
|
$ |
409 |
|
| |
The scheduled aggregate maturities of long-term debt outstanding at February 2, 2006 are summarized
as follows: $28 in 2006, $16 in 2007, $79 in 2008, $1,574 in 2009, $286 in 2010 and $3,467
thereafter. These amounts do not include the potential accelerations due to put options.
9. Capital Stock
On December 2, 1996, the Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan, which was amended on
August 2, 1998, March 16, 1999, September 26, 2003 and January 22, 2006 under which all
stockholders receive one right for each share of common stock held. Each right will entitle the
holder to purchase, under certain circumstances, one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the Preferred Stock) at
a price of $160 per one one-thousandth share. Subject to certain exceptions, the rights will become
exercisable for shares of Preferred Stock upon the earlier of (1) 10 days following a public
announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained
the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock
and (2) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors)
following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or
group beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock (collectively, the
persons or groups referenced in (1) and (2) are referred to as an Acquiring Person).
Under the plan, subject to certain exceptions, if any person becomes an Acquiring Person, each
right will then entitle its holder as defined by the plan, other than such Acquiring Person, upon
payment of the $160 per one one-thousandth share exercise price, to purchase common stock (or, in
certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company) with a value equal to
twice the exercise price. The plan was amended on January 22, 2006 to provide that none of the
execution, delivery or performance of an agreement and plan of merger entered into among the
Company, Supervalu, Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc. (Acquisition Sub), New Aloha Corporation (New
Diamond) and New Diamond Sub, Inc. in connection with the proposed sale of the Company announced
on January 23, 2006 would cause Supervalu, Acquisition Sub, New Diamond or any of their respective
affiliates or associates to become an Acquiring Person.
52
The rights may be redeemed by the Board of Directors at a price of $0.001 per right under certain
circumstances. The rights, which do not vote and are not entitled to dividends, will expire at the
close of business on March 21, 2007, unless earlier redeemed or extended by the Board of Directors
of the Company.
During 2005 and 2004, the Company did not purchase any shares of common stock under a Board
authorized purchase program. During 2003, the Company purchased and retired 5.3 million shares for
$108, at an average price of $20.26 per share. As of February 2, 2006, the Company does not have a
Board authorized stock purchase program in place.
10. Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
339 |
|
|
$ |
375 |
|
Self-insurance |
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
Basis in fixed assets |
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
Unearned income |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
Net operating losses |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
Intangibles |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
| |
Total deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
907 |
|
|
$ |
930 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis in fixed assets and capitalized leases |
|
$ |
(741 |
) |
|
$ |
(670 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
Compensation and benefits |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
Self-insurance |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(129 |
) |
Intangibles |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(239 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
| |
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(1,115 |
) |
|
|
(1,224 |
) |
| |
Net deferred tax liabilities |
|
$ |
(208 |
) |
|
$ |
(294 |
) |
| |
The Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $70 and $58, respectively,
which will expire in years 2006 through 2023.
The Company establishes valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to
amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance of $3 as of February
2, 2006 and February 3, 2005 relates to certain state operating loss carryforwards, which may
expire without being utilized.
Annual tax provisions include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from
examination of prior year tax returns; however, the amount ultimately paid upon resolution of
issues raised may differ materially from the amount accrued. These accrued amounts are classified
in either Other current liabilities or in Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits based on
expected settlement dates.
53
Income tax expense related to continuing operations consists of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
304 |
|
|
$ |
135 |
|
|
$ |
159 |
|
State |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
| |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
State |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
| |
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
252 |
|
|
$ |
254 |
|
|
$ |
350 |
|
| |
The reconciliations between the federal statutory tax rate and the Companys effective tax rates
are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
Percent |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
Percent |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
Percent |
|
| |
Taxes computed at statutory rate |
|
$ |
250 |
|
|
|
35.0 |
|
|
$ |
255 |
|
|
|
35.0 |
|
|
$ |
317 |
|
|
|
35.0 |
|
State income taxes net of federal income tax benefit |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Audit settlements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of previously recorded reserves |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
252 |
|
|
|
35.3 |
|
|
$ |
254 |
|
|
|
34.9 |
|
|
$ |
350 |
|
|
|
38.6 |
|
| |
In 2005, a $22 reduction of previously recorded tax reserves was recognized. Of this reduction, $8
occurred in the first quarter of 2005 and resulted from the adjustment of previously recorded
reserves while $14 of this reduction occurred in the second quarter of 2005 as a result of a change
in estimate of the ultimate resolution of prior year tax issues with the IRS. The second quarter
decrease in tax reserves also resulted in a net $14 increase in related interest expense ($23
interest expense net of $9 tax benefit) such that there was no second quarter impact on net
earnings from this change in tax reserves.
11. Stock Options and Stock Awards
At February 2, 2006, Albertsons maintained a stock-based incentive plan under which grants could be
made with respect to 66 million shares of the Companys common stock (Albertsons, Inc. 2004 Equity
and Performance Incentive Plan (the 2004 Plan)). Under the 2004 Plan, options to purchase the
Companys common stock, stock-based awards and other performance-based awards may be granted to
officers, key employees, special advisors (as defined in the 2004 Plan) and non-employee members of
the Board of Directors.
Deferrable and Deferred Stock Units: From time to time, deferred and deferrable stock units with
dividend equivalents paid in cash, if and when dividends are paid to shareholders, are awarded
under the 2004 Plan to key employees of the Company. From time to time, deferred stock units with
reinvested dividend equivalents are awarded to non-employee members of the Board of Directors.
Grants of 3,001,871 units were made during 2005 to key employees and non-employee directors of the
Company, of which 17,500 units vest at a rate of 20% per year and will be distributed in a manner
elected by the participant on a date after the participant ceases to be an associate of the
Company; 18,000 units fully vest on December 31, 2008 and will be distributed in a manner elected
by the participant; 10,500 units vest at a rate of 50% per year and will be distributed in a manner
elected by the participant; 942,200 units vest at a rate of 25% per year and will be distributed in
a manner elected by the participant; 1,986,819 units vest at a rate of 33% per year beginning on
the third anniversary of the date of grant and will be distributed in a manner elected by the
participant; and 26,852 units were fully vested at their grant date and will be distributed in a
manner elected by the participant. The weighted average fair value at date of grant for units
granted during 2005 was $22.41 per unit.
Grants of 1,023,530 units were made during 2004 to key employees and non-employee directors of the
Company, of which 635,081 units vest at a rate of 20% per year and will be distributed in a manner
elected by the participant on a date after the participant ceases to be an associate of the
Company; 4,358 units fully vest at the first anniversary of the grant date and will be distributed
in a manner elected by the participant; 63,438 units vest at a rate of 50% per year and will be
distributed in a manner elected by the participant; 301,207 units vest at a rate of 20% per year
and will be distributed in a manner elected by the participant; and 19,446 units were fully vested
at their grant date and will be distributed in a manner elected by the participant. The weighted
average fair value at date of grant for units granted during 2004 was $23.48 per unit.
54
Grants of 1,672,398 units were made during 2003 to key employees and non-employee directors of the
Company, of which 1,046,548 vest at a rate of 33% per year beginning on the third anniversary of
the date of grant and will be distributed in a manner elected by the participant on a date after
the participant ceases to be an associate of the Company; 356,885 units vest at a rate of 20% per
year and will be distributed in a manner elected by the participant on a date after the participant
ceases to be an associate of the Company; 253,500 units vest at a rate of 20% per year and will be
distributed in a manner elected by the participant; and 15,465 units were fully vested at their
grant date and will be distributed in a manner elected by the participant. The weighted average
fair value at date of grant for units granted during 2003 was $19.58 per unit.
With the exception of stock units granted to non-employee directors (which are fully vested on the
date of grant) and 942,200 stock units granted in January 2006, all outstanding stock units vest on
a Change in Control (as defined in the associated award agreement and plan) of the Company.
Compensation expense for deferred stock units of $27, $19 and $25 was recorded in Selling, general
and administrative expenses in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Stock Options: Generally, options are granted with an exercise price at not less than 100% of the
closing market price on the date of the grant. The Companys options generally become exercisable
in installments of 20% per year on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date
or vest 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date and have a maximum term of seven to 10
years. With the exception of stock options granted to non-employee directors (which are fully
vested on the date of grant), all outstanding stock options vest on a Change in Control (as
defined in the associated award agreement and plan) of the Company. A summary of shares reserved
for outstanding options as of year end, changes during the year and related weighted average
exercise price is presented below (shares in thousands):
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, 2006 |
|
|
February 3, 2005 |
|
|
January 29, 2004 |
|
| |
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
|
38,488 |
|
|
$ |
28.16 |
|
|
|
35,164 |
|
|
$ |
29.20 |
|
|
|
30,245 |
|
|
$ |
31.41 |
|
Granted |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
21.63 |
|
|
|
7,119 |
|
|
|
23.44 |
|
|
|
7,169 |
|
|
|
20.35 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(1,472 |
) |
|
|
21.60 |
|
|
|
(530 |
) |
|
|
21.71 |
|
|
|
(295 |
) |
|
|
21.72 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(2,719 |
) |
|
|
29.82 |
|
|
|
(3,265 |
) |
|
|
30.06 |
|
|
|
(1,955 |
) |
|
|
32.14 |
|
| |
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
34,395 |
|
|
$ |
28.30 |
|
|
|
38,488 |
|
|
$ |
28.16 |
|
|
|
35,164 |
|
|
$ |
29.20 |
|
| |
Options exercisable at end of year |
|
|
22,559 |
|
|
$ |
31.15 |
|
|
|
20,117 |
|
|
$ |
32.80 |
|
|
|
16,626 |
|
|
$ |
34.08 |
|
| |
As of February 2, 2006, 12.5 million shares of the Companys common stock were reserved for future
grants of stock options and stock awards.
The following table summarizes options outstanding and options exercisable as of February 2, 2006
and the related weighted average remaining contractual life (years) and weighted average exercise
price (shares in thousands):
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
| |
|
Shares |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Average |
|
| Option Price Per Share |
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Life |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Price |
|
| |
$19.10 - $22.52 |
|
|
13,142 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
$ |
21.13 |
|
|
|
7,859 |
|
|
$ |
21.47 |
|
22.88
- 34.87 |
|
|
16,369 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
28.28 |
|
|
|
9,816 |
|
|
|
30.70 |
|
35.00
- 45.94 |
|
|
1,540 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
40.02 |
|
|
|
1,540 |
|
|
|
40.02 |
|
47.00
- 51.19 |
|
|
3,344 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
51.13 |
|
|
|
3,344 |
|
|
|
51.13 |
|
| |
$19.10 - $51.19 |
|
|
34,395 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
$ |
28.30 |
|
|
|
22,559 |
|
|
$ |
31.15 |
|
| |
The weighted average fair value at date of grant for Albertsons options granted during 2005, 2004
and 2003 was $6.15, $6.85 and $6.44 per option, respectively. The fair value of options at date of
grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Expected life (years) |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
3.99 |
% |
|
|
3.80 |
% |
|
|
3.56 |
% |
Volatility |
|
|
37.3 |
% |
|
|
37.3 |
% |
|
|
39.4 |
% |
Dividend yield |
|
|
3.51 |
% |
|
|
3.24 |
% |
|
|
3.74 |
% |
55
12. Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements
Employee Benefit Plans: Substantially all employees working over 20 hours per week are covered by
retirement plans. The Company sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans.
Union employees participate in multi-employer retirement plans under collective bargaining
agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in
Company-sponsored plans. The Company also offers health and life insurance to retirees under
postretirement benefit plans, and short-term and long-term disability benefits to former and
inactive employees prior to retirement under post employment benefit plans.
The benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and funded status of the Company-sponsored
defined pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Defined Benefit Pension Plans |
|
|
Other Postretirement Plans |
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Change in benefit obligation(1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
|
$ |
1,234 |
|
|
$ |
1,074 |
|
|
$ |
38 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
Service cost |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Plan participants contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Actuarial (gain) loss |
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
9 |
|
Benefits paid |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
| |
Benefit obligation at end of year |
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
|
1,234 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
| |
Change in plan assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Plan participants contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Benefits paid |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
| |
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
|
|
999 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Funded status |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
(341 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(38 |
) |
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain) |
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
319 |
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
Unrecognized prior service benefit |
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net amount recognized |
|
$ |
(97 |
) |
|
$ |
(66 |
) |
|
$ |
(44 |
) |
|
$ |
(47 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
For the defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit
obligation. For other postretirement benefits, the benefit obligation is the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation. |
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Defined Benefit Pension Plans |
|
|
Other Postretirement Benefits |
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Accrued benefit liability |
|
$ |
(236 |
) |
|
$ |
(308 |
) |
|
$ |
(44 |
) |
|
$ |
(47 |
) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net amount recognized |
|
$ |
(97 |
) |
|
$ |
(66 |
) |
|
$ |
(44 |
) |
|
$ |
(47 |
) |
| |
The estimated future benefit payments to be paid from the Companys defined benefit pension plans
and other postretirement benefit plans, which reflect expected future service, are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Postretirement |
|
| |
|
Pension Benefits |
|
|
Benefits |
|
| |
2006 |
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
2007 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
2008 |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
2009 |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
2010 |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Years
2011-2015 |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
56
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
As of February 2, 2006, the Company sponsors the following defined benefit pension plans:
- Albertsons Employees Corporate Pension Plan
- Executive Pension Makeup Plan
- Shaws Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
- Shaws Retirement Account Plan
- Shaws Pension Plan for Union Employees
The Albertsons Salaried Employees Pension Plan was merged with the Albertsons Employees Corporate
Pension Plan as of December 31, 2004. The combined Albertsons Employees Corporate Pension Plan is a
funded, qualified, defined benefit, noncontributory plan for eligible Albertsons employees who are
at least 21 years of age with one or more years of service and (with certain exceptions) are not
covered by collective bargaining agreements. Benefits paid to retirees are based upon age at
retirement, years of credited service and average compensation. In 1999, in conjunction with the
authorization of ASRE (described later), the Company-sponsored defined benefit plans were amended
to close the plans to future new entrants, with the exception of certain union employees based on
current contracts. Future accruals for participants in the defined benefit plans are offset by the
value of Company profit sharing contributions to the new defined contribution plan.
The Shaws Retirement Account Plan and the Shaws Pension Plan for Union Employees are funded,
qualified, defined benefit, noncontributory plans.
The Executive Pension Makeup Plan, the Shaws Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, a
supplemental executive retirement benefit plan for the Companys Chief Executive Officer and
certain other plans are unfunded, nonqualified plans which provide certain key employees retirement
benefits that supplement those provided by the Companys other retirement plans.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,230 and $1,201 at
February 2, 2006 and February 3, 2005, respectively. At February 2, 2006, February 3, 2005 and
January 29, 2004, the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans exceeded
the fair value of plan assets. The Company therefore recognized a decrease in the additional
minimum pension liability of $103 ($63 net of tax) in 2005 and increases of $57 ($36 net of tax)
and $21 ($13 net of tax) in 2004 and 2003, respectively. These adjustments are included in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Stockholders Equity Statements.
Net Periodic Benefit Expense
Net periodic benefit expense for defined benefit pension plans consisted of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Service cost
- benefits earned during the period |
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
27 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Expected return on assets |
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
Amortization of prior service benefit |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
Recognized net actuarial loss |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
Curtailment gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
| |
Net periodic benefit expense |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
$ |
38 |
|
|
$ |
30 |
|
| |
57
Weighted average assumptions used for the defined benefit pension plans consist of the following:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate |
|
|
5.75 |
% |
|
|
5.40-5.45 |
% |
|
|
5.80 |
% |
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
2.98-3.75 |
|
|
|
3.00-3.75 |
|
|
|
3.45-4.50 |
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
(2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate |
|
|
5.40-5.45 |
|
|
|
5.80-6.15 |
|
|
|
6.15 |
|
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
2.98-3.75 |
|
|
|
3.00-3.75 |
|
|
|
3.45-4.50 |
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets (3) |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
Benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets are measured as of the Companys
fiscal year-end. |
| |
| (2) |
|
Net periodic benefit expense is measured using weighted average assumptions as of the
beginning of each year. |
| |
| (3) |
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets is estimated by asset class and is generally based
on historical returns, volatilities and risk premiums. Based upon an individual plans asset
allocation, composite return percentiles are developed upon which the plans expected
long-term return is based. |
Contributions
The Company expects to contribute $13 to its pension plans in 2006. The Companys funding policy
for the defined benefit pension plans is to contribute the minimum contribution allowed under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), with consideration given to contributing larger
amounts in order to be exempt from Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) variable rate
premiums and/or participant notices of under-funding. The Company will recognize contributions in
accordance with applicable regulations, with consideration given to recognition for the earliest
plan year permitted.
Plan Assets
Assets of the defined benefit pension plans are invested in directed trusts as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Domestic equity |
|
|
52 |
% |
|
|
53 |
% |
Fixed income |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
International equity |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Real estate |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Cash equivalents |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Investments in the pension trusts are overseen by the Investment Management Subcommittee which is
composed of officers of the Company and outside experts. The Shaws Retirement Account Plan and
Shaws Pension Plan for Union Employees are invested primarily in institutional mutual funds. The
Albertsons Employees Corporate Pension Plan is invested both in institutional mutual funds and
separate investment manager portfolios. The Albertsons pension plan investment guidelines consist
of the following:
| |
- |
|
Categorical restrictions such as no commodities, no short sales, and no margin purchases; |
| |
| |
- |
|
Portfolio restrictions that address such things as proxy voting, brokerage arrangements and
restrictions on the purchase of Company securities; |
| |
| |
- |
|
Asset class restrictions that address such things as single security or sector
concentration, capitalization limits and minimum quality standards; and |
| |
| |
- |
|
A provision for specific exemptions from the above guidelines upon approval by the
Investment Management Subcommittee. |
| |
| |
- |
|
Futures and options must be used for hedging purposes only and not for speculative
purposes. Long futures positions may be used in place of cash market securities (e.g.,
treasury futures purchased in place of buying long treasury bonds). |
58
The overall investment strategy and policy has been developed based on the need to satisfy the
long-term liabilities of the defined benefit pension plans. Risk management is accomplished through
diversification across asset classes, multiple investment manager portfolios, commingled pools and
both general and portfolio-specific investment guidelines. Managers are expected to generate a
total return consistent with their philosophy, offer protection in down markets and meet or exceed
certain return targets. The asset allocation guidelines are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
| |
|
Exposure |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Exposure |
|
| |
Domestic Equities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large |
|
|
22-40 |
% |
|
|
25-50 |
% |
|
|
29-60 |
% |
Small |
|
|
5-18 |
|
|
|
10-19 |
|
|
|
15-22 |
|
Fixed Income |
|
|
20-32 |
|
|
|
25-33 |
|
|
|
30-44 |
|
Non-U.S. Equities |
|
|
8-10 |
|
|
|
14-15 |
|
|
|
14-20 |
|
Real Estate |
|
|
0-8 |
|
|
|
0-8 |
|
|
|
0-9 |
|
Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company offers health and life insurance to retirees under multiple programs. The terms of
these plans vary based on employment history and date of retirement. For certain pre-1991 retirees,
the Company provides coverage at little or no cost to the retirees. For other current retirees, the
Company provides a fixed dollar contribution and retirees pay contributions to fund the remaining
cost. On December 5, 2003, the Board of Directors approved a curtailment of retirement medical
benefits for all non-retired employees. For retirees after June 1, 2004, the fixed dollar employer
contribution was eliminated and retiree contributions fund the entire benefit.
The net periodic postretirement benefit cost was as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Service cost |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Amortization of unrecognized gain |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
| |
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
5 |
|
| |
The discount rate used to determine the Companys obligation with respect to Company-sponsored
postretirement benefit plans was 4.96%, 4.00% to 4.10% and 3.55% as of the end of 2005, 2004 and
2003, respectively. As a result of a plan curtailment of the Albertsons plans in 2003, there are no
expected employer paid benefit payments for any employees who participate in those plans and who
retire after June 1, 2004. Therefore, in 2003, the duration of the expected employer paid benefit
payments for the Albertsons plans was reduced. As a result of a plan curtailment of the Shaws
plan in 2005, there are no expected employer paid benefit payments for any employees who
participate in that plan and who retire after June 1, 2006. Therefore, in 2005, the duration of
the expected employer paid benefit payments for the Shaws plan was reduced. Discount rates are
based on the expected timing and amounts of the future employer paid benefits.
The expected employer benefit payments for certain pre-1991 retirees were measured using an annual
medical trend in the age-specific per capita cost of covered health care benefits. For 2005, the
medical trend used for non-prescription claims was 6% and the trend for prescription claims was
15%, reducing 2% each future year until reaching an ultimate trend of 6% for years thereafter. The
medical trend does not affect the expected employer benefit payments for other retirees. With the
exception of the plans covering certain grandfathered retirees, all postretirement plans are
contributory, with participants contributions adjusted periodically. The accounting for the health
care plans anticipates that the Company will not increase its contribution for health care benefits
for non-grandfathered retirees in future years.
Since the subsidy levels for the Albertsons and the former defined dollar plans are fixed and the
number of certain grandfathered retirees is small, a 1% health care cost trend increase or decrease
would have no material impact on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or the
postretirement benefit expense.
In December 2003 the Medicare Act was signed into law, which established a prescription drug
benefit under Medicare Part D and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans
that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In 2004, the
Company elected not to recognize any of the potential accounting effects of the Medicare Act
because the actuarial equivalence of our retiree medical plans was undeterminable. In 2005, the
Company completed its analysis of the Medicare Act and concluded that its plans are at least
actuarially equivalent to the Medicare Part D plan and that it is eligible for the subsidy. The
effects of the Medicare Act and the subsidy were not significant. The subsidy reduced the net
periodic postretirement benefit cost by
59
less than $1 and caused a $7 reduction to the 2005 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in
accordance with the provisions of FSP FAS 106-2.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company sponsors the Albertsons Savings and Retirement Estates (ASRE) Plan and the Executive
ASRE Makeup Plan, which are defined contribution retirement plans. ASRE is a profit sharing plan
with a salary deferral feature pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Most
participants in ASRE are eligible to receive a profit sharing contribution (Company contribution
based on employee compensation). In addition, the Company provides a matching contribution based on
the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the associate. The Executive ASRE Makeup Plan
provides certain key employees retirement benefits that supplement those provided by the Companys
other retirement plans.
The Company sponsored a tax-deferred savings plan that was also a salary deferral plan pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which was merged with ASRE during 2004. In addition,
the Company sponsors the Shaws 401(k) Plan. The plan covers non-union employees as well as certain
employees represented by a labor union, who meet age and service eligibility requirements.
All Company contributions to ASRE and to the Shaws 401(k) Plan are made at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. The total amount contributed by the Company is included with the ASRE defined
contribution plan expense. Total contribution expenses for these plans were $137, $156 and $143
for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Post-Employment Benefits
The Company recognizes an obligation for benefits provided to former or inactive employees after
employment but before retirement. The Company is self-insured for certain of its employees
short-term and long-term disability plans, which are the primary benefits paid to inactive
employees prior to retirement.
Following is a summary of the obligation for post-employment benefits included in the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, 2006 |
|
|
February 3, 2005 |
|
| |
Included with Salaries and related liabilities |
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
Included with Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
| |
|
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
| |
Multi-Employer Plans
The Company contributes to various multi-employer pension plans under industry-wide collective
bargaining agreements, primarily for defined benefit pension plans. These plans generally provide
retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The Company
contributed $130, $115 and $92 to these plans in the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Based on available information, the Company believes that some of the multi-employer plans to which
it contributes are under-funded. Company contributions to these plans are likely to continue to
increase in the near term. However, the amount of any increase or decrease in contributions will
depend on a variety of factors, including the results of the Companys collective bargaining
efforts, return on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans and
the potential payment of a withdrawal liability if the Company chooses to exit a market or another
employer withdraws from a plan without provision for their share of pension liability. Many
recently completed labor negotiations have positively affected the Companys future contributions
to these plans.
The Company also makes payments to multi-employer health and welfare plans in amounts representing
mandatory contributions which are based on reserve requirements set forth in the related collective
bargaining agreements. Some of the collective bargaining agreements up for renewal in the next
several years contain reserve requirements that may trigger unanticipated contributions resulting
in increased health care expenses. If these health care provisions cannot be renegotiated in a
manner that reduces the prospective health care cost as the Company intends, the Companys selling,
general and administrative expenses could increase, possibly significantly, in the future. Total
contributions to these plans were $483, $520 and $416 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Collective Bargaining Agreements: As of February 2, 2006, the Company employed approximately
234,000 associates, of which approximately 52% were covered by collective bargaining agreements,
primarily with the United Food and Commercial Workers and International Brotherhood of Teamsters.
Labor agreements covering approximately 7,000 associates expire during 2006.
60
13. Employment Contracts and Change in Control Agreements
The Company has entered into a ten-year employment agreement with its Chairman of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer and President (the CEO Agreement), which provides this executive with a minimum
base salary, the opportunity to receive annual bonus payments and stock awards, a supplemental
retirement benefit, certain fringe benefits, the right to certain guaranteed payments and vesting
of stock awards upon his termination or departure from the Company and other benefits. The Company
has also entered into a three-year employment agreement with its Executive Vice President,
Marketing and Food Operations (the EVP Agreement). The EVP Agreement provides the executive with
a minimum base salary, certain fringe benefits and the right to certain guaranteed payments upon
his termination or departure from the Company. The Company also has agreements with other executive
officers which provide the executive with a minimum base salary and, upon termination or departure
from the Company, certain guaranteed payments and the vesting of stock awards.
The Company has entered into change-in-control (CIC) severance agreements with certain executives
to provide them with stated severance compensation should their employment with the Company be
terminated under certain defined circumstances prior to or following a CIC. The CIC severance
agreements have varying terms and provisions depending upon the executives level within the
organization and other considerations, including up to three times base salary and current target
bonus, payable in a lump sum for the most senior executives and, for these executives, a tax gross-up
payment to make the executive whole for any excise taxes incurred due to Section 280G of the
Internal Revenue Code (a tax gross up). The Company does not have a separate CIC agreement with
the CEO. Rather, the CEO Agreement contains CIC termination provisions applicable during the CEO
Agreements full term that are comparable to those provided to the Companys other most senior
executives, including a tax gross up. Unlike the CIC agreements, however, the CEO Agreement
provides the CEO with the ability to terminate his employment for any reason during the seventh
month following a CIC and receive the stated CIC severance benefits.
The CIC agreements expire on December 31, 2005. However, beginning on January 1, 2004 and each
January 1st thereafter, the term of the agreement will automatically be extended for an additional
year unless the Company or the executive gives notice by September 30th of the preceding year that
the Company or the executive does not wish to extend the agreement. No such notices were given in
2005. In the event that a CIC occurs during the term of the agreements, the agreements provide for
a two-year protection period (referred to as the severance period) during which time the executive
will receive the stated benefits upon an involuntary termination (other than for Cause (as
defined in the agreements)) or resignation for Good Reason (as defined in the agreements).
The CIC agreements are considered to be double trigger arrangements wherein the payment of
severance compensation following a CIC is predicated upon the occurrence of two triggering events:
(1) the occurrence of a CIC as defined in the agreements; and (2) the involuntary termination of
the executive (other than for Cause) or the executives termination of employment with the Company
for Good Reason.
In consideration for the severance protection afforded by such agreements, the senior executives
(including the CEO in the CEO Agreement) have agreed to certain non-compete and non-solicitation
provisions.
14. Leases
The Company leases a portion of its real estate. The typical lease period is 15 to 20 years and
most leases contain renewal options. Exercise of such options is dependent on a variety of factors,
including the level of business conducted at the location. In addition, the Company leases certain
equipment. Some leases contain contingent rental provisions based on sales volume at retail stores
or miles traveled for trucks. Capitalized leases are calculated using interest rates appropriate
at the inception of each respective lease.
Following is a summary of the Companys assets under capitalized leases.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Real estate and equipment |
|
$ |
917 |
|
|
$ |
910 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
(144 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
751 |
|
|
$ |
766 |
|
| |
61
Future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases (which exclude the amortization of
acquisition-related fair value adjustments), related subleases and capital leases at February 2,
2006, are as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Operating |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
| |
|
Leases |
|
|
Subleases |
|
|
Leases |
|
| |
2006 |
|
$ |
437 |
|
|
$ |
(52 |
) |
|
$ |
116 |
|
2007 |
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
117 |
|
2008 |
|
|
389 |
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
115 |
|
2009 |
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
117 |
|
2010 |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
115 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
3,133 |
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
1,457 |
|
| |
Total minimum obligations (receivables) |
|
$ |
5,070 |
|
|
$ |
(214 |
) |
|
|
2,037 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,158 |
) |
| |
Present value of net minimum obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
879 |
|
Current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23 |
) |
| |
Long-term obligations at February 2, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
856 |
|
| |
Rent expense under operating leases was as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
Minimum rent |
|
$ |
497 |
|
|
$ |
469 |
|
|
$ |
392 |
|
Contingent rent |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
| |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
Sublease rent |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
| |
|
|
$ |
450 |
|
|
$ |
427 |
|
|
$ |
365 |
|
| |
15. Financial Instruments
Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist
principally of cash equivalents and receivables. The Company limits the amount of credit exposure
to each individual financial institution and places its temporary cash into investments of high
credit quality. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to their
dispersion across various companies and geographies.
The estimated fair values of cash and
cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable,
short-term debt and bank line borrowings approximate their carrying
amounts. The estimated fair value of outstanding debt (excluding bank
borrowings) was estimated using current market prices as follows:
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 3, |
|
| |
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
| |
Fair value |
|
$ |
5,225 |
|
|
$ |
6,767 |
|
Carrying amount |
|
|
5,450 |
|
|
|
6,006 |
|
16. Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to various lawsuits, claims and other legal matters that arise in the
ordinary course of conducting business.
In April 2000 a class action complaint was filed against Albertsons as well as American Stores
Company, American Drug Stores, Inc., Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc. and Lucky Stores, Inc., wholly owned
subsidiaries of the Company, in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California
(Gardner, et al. v. American Stores Company, et al.) by assistant managers seeking recovery of
overtime pay based upon plaintiffs allegation that they were improperly classified as exempt under
California law. In May 2001 a class action with respect to Sav-on Drug Stores assistant managers
was certified by the court. A case with very similar claims, involving the Sav-on Drug Stores
assistant managers and operating managers, was also filed in April 2000 against the Companys
subsidiary Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc. in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California
(Rocher, Dahlin, et al. v. Sav-on Drug Stores, Inc.) and was also certified as a class action. In
April 2002 the Court of Appeal of the State of California Second Appellate District reversed the
Rocher class certification, leaving only two plaintiffs. However, on August 26, 2004, the
California Supreme Court reversed this decision and remanded the case to the trial court. The
Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against these lawsuits and is vigorously
defending them. Although these lawsuits are subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation
process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that the ultimate resolution of these lawsuits will have a
62
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2000 an agreement was reached and court approval granted to settle eight purported
class and/or collective actions which were consolidated in the United States District Court in
Boise, Idaho and which raised various issues including off-the-clock work allegations and
allegations regarding certain salaried grocery managers exempt status. Under the settlement
agreement, current and former employees who met eligibility criteria have been allowed to present
their off-the-clock work claims to a claims administrator. Additionally, current and former
grocery managers employed in the State of California have been allowed to present their exempt
status claims to a claims administrator. The Company mailed notices of the settlement and claims
forms to approximately 70,500 associates and former associates. Approximately 6,000 claim forms
were returned, of which approximately 5,000 were deemed by the claims administrator to be incapable
of valuation, presumed untimely, or both (the Unvalued Claims). The claims administrator was able
to assign a value to approximately 1,080 claims although the value of many of those claims is still
subject to challenge by either party. Two other claims processes occurred during 2004. First,
there was a supplemental mailing and in-store posting directed toward a narrow subset of current
and former associates. This process resulted in approximately 260 individuals submitting claims
documents. Second, in response to the Courts instruction to plaintiffs counsel to submit
supplemental and/or corrected information for the Unvalued Claims, plaintiffs counsel submitted
such information for approximately 4,700 of the Unvalued Claims in 2005.
The claims administrator has been assigning values to claims as a result of the 2004 claims
process. The value of these claims will likewise be subject to challenge by either party. The
Company raised certain challenges to the claims process, including the supplemental information
submitted by plaintiffs counsel in 2005, and valuation protocols; on January 4, 2006, the court
granted in part the Companys motion and directed the claims administrator to value the claims
disregarding certain information. Presently pending before the court is a motion filed by the
plaintiffs making further challenge to the process. The Company is presently unable to determine
the amounts that it may ultimately be required to pay with respect to all claims properly
submitted. Based on the information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that the satisfaction of valid claims submitted pursuant to the settlement will have a material
adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On October 13, 2000, a complaint was filed in Los Angeles County Superior Court (Joanne Kay Ward et
al. v. Albertsons, Inc. et al.) alleging that Albertsons, Lucky Stores and Sav-on Drug Stores paid
terminating employees their final paychecks in an untimely manner. The lawsuit seeks statutory
penalties. On January 4, 2005, the case was certified as a class action. The Company believes that
it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is vigorously defending it. Although this lawsuit
is subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information
presently available to the Company, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this
lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
On February 2, 2004, the Attorney General for the State of California filed an action in Los
Angeles federal court (California, ex rel Lockyer v. Safeway, Inc. dba Vons, a Safeway Company,
Albertsons, Inc. and Ralphs Grocery Company, a division of The Kroger Co., United States District
Court Central District of California, Case No. CV04-0687) claiming that certain provisions of the
agreements (the Labor Dispute Agreements) between the Company, The Kroger Co. and Safeway Inc.
(the Retailers), which provided for lock-outs in the event that any Retailer was struck at any
or all of its Southern California facilities during the 2003-2004 labor dispute in Southern
California when the other Retailers were not and contained a provision designed to prevent the
union from placing disproportionate pressure on one or more Retailer by picketing such Retailer(s)
but not the other Retailer(s) during the labor dispute violate Section 1 of the Sherman Act. The
lawsuit seeks declarative, injunctive and other legal and equitable
relief. The Retailers motion for summary judgment was
denied on May 26, 2005 and the Retailers appeal of that decision was dismissed on November 29,
2005. The Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is
vigorously defending it. Although this lawsuit is subject to uncertainties inherent in the
litigation process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does
not expect that the ultimate resolution of this action will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2004 a lawsuit seeking class action status was filed against Albertsons in the Superior
Court of the State of California in and for the County of Alameda, California (Dunbar v.
Albertsons, Inc.) by a grocery manager seeking recovery including overtime pay based upon
plaintiffs allegation that he and other grocery managers were improperly classified as exempt
under California law. Class certification was denied in June 2005 and plaintiffs have appealed. The
Company continues to believe it has strong defenses against this lawsuit and is vigorously
defending it. Although this lawsuit is subject to the uncertainties inherent in the litigation
process, based on the information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that the ultimate resolution of this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In July 2004 a case similar to Dunbar involving salaried drug/merchandise managers was filed in the
same court (Victoria A. Moore, et al. v. Albertsons, Inc.). In March 2005 the parties reached a
tentative settlement. On March 10, 2006, the court granted final approval to the settlement.
63
Based on information presently available to the Company, management does not expect
that payments under this settlement will have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On January 24, 2006, a putative class action complaint was filed in the Fourth Judicial District of
the State of Idaho in and for the County of Ada, naming Albertsons and its directors as defendants.
The action (Christopher Carmona v. Henry Bryant et al., No. CV-OC-0601251), which has been removed
to the United States District Court for the District of Idaho, challenges the merger agreement
entered into in connection with the pending sale of the Company and related transactions.
Specifically, the complaint alleges that Albertsons and its directors violated applicable law by
directly breaching and/or aiding the other defendants breaches of their fiduciary duties,
including by failing to value Albertsons properly and by ignoring conflicts of interest. Among
other things, the complaint seeks preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to enjoin the
completion of the Transactions. Albertsons believes that the claims asserted in this action are
without merit and intends to defend this suit vigorously. Although this lawsuit is subject to the
uncertainties inherent in the litigation process, based on the information presently available to
the Company, management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this lawsuit will have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is also involved in routine legal proceedings incidental to its operations. Some of
these routine proceedings involve class allegations, many of which are ultimately dismissed.
Management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings will have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The statements above reflect managements current expectations based on the information presently
available to the Company. However, predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating
related costs and exposures involve substantial uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes,
costs and exposures to vary materially from current expectations. In addition, the Company
regularly monitors its exposure to the loss contingencies associated with these matters and may
from time to time change its predictions with respect to outcomes and its estimates with respect to
related costs and exposures. It is possible that material differences in actual outcomes, costs
and exposures relative to current predictions and estimates, or material changes in such
predictions or estimates, could have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
17. Commercial Commitments and Guarantees
Commercial Commitments
The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $124 as of February 2, 2006, which were issued
under separate agreements with multiple financial institutions. These agreements are not associated
with the Companys credit facilities. Of the $124 outstanding at year end, $108 were standby
letters of credit covering workers compensation and performance obligations. The remaining $16
were commercial letters of credit supporting the Companys merchandise import program. The Company
paid issuance fees in 2005 averaging 0.45% of the outstanding balance
of the letters of credit.
Guarantees
The Company provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course
of its business. The Company has evaluated its agreements that contain guarantees and
indemnification clauses in accordance with the guidance of FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others.
The Company is contingently liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties
in connection with various store closures and dispositions. If any of these third parties fail to
perform its obligations under one of these leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease
obligations. In 2003 the Company was notified that certain of these third parties had become
insolvent and were seeking bankruptcy protection. At January 29, 2004, approximately 26 store
leases for which the Company was contingently liable were subject to the bankruptcy proceedings of
these third parties and 22 of those had been rejected by the applicable third parties. The Company
recorded pre-tax charges of $20 in 2003, which represented the remaining minimum lease payments and
other payment obligations under the 22 rejected leases, less estimated sublease income and
discounted at the Companys credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. As of February 2, 2006,
approximately 16 store leases remained for which the Company is liable. Terminations and payments
of $4 made on these leases in 2005 resulted in a reduction of the Companys liability to
$8. As of February 2, 2006, the Company had remaining guarantees
on approximately 251 stores with
leases extending through 2035. Assuming that each respective purchaser became insolvent, an event
the Company believes to be remote because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the
variety of remedies available, the minimum future undiscounted payments, exclusive of any potential
sublease income, total approximately $459.
64
The Company enters into a wide range of indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of
business. These include tort indemnities, tax indemnities, indemnities against third party claims
arising out of arrangements to provide services to the Company, indemnities in merger and
acquisition agreements and indemnities in agreements related to the sale of Company securities.
Also, governance documents of the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries provide for the
indemnification of individuals made party to any suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that the
individual was acting as an officer, director or agent of the relevant company or as a fiduciary of
a company-sponsored welfare benefit plan. The Company also provides guarantees and indemnifications
for the benefit of many of its wholly owned subsidiaries for the satisfaction of performance
obligations, including workers compensation obligations. It is difficult to quantify the maximum
potential liability under these indemnifications; however at February 2, 2006 the Company was not
aware of any material liabilities arising from these indemnification arrangements.
18. Computation of Earnings Per Share
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
| |
|
Diluted |
|
|
Basic |
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
Basic |
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
Basic |
|
Earnings (loss) from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
$ |
462 |
|
|
$ |
462 |
|
|
$ |
474 |
|
|
$ |
474 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
446 |
|
|
$ |
446 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
444 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
|
$ |
556 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common share equivalents |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share and common share
equivalents: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.24 |
|
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
$ |
1.27 |
|
|
$ |
1.28 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of potential common share equivalents: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common shares assumed issued from
exercise of the Corporate Units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase potential common shares |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common shares assumed purchased with
potential proceeds |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common share equivalents |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of potential common shares assumed
purchased with potential proceeds: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential proceeds from assumed exercise of the
Corporate Units |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
572 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential proceeds from exercise of options to
purchase common shares |
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
605 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assumed proceeds from exercise |
|
$ |
410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock price used under treasury stock method |
|
$ |
22.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
23.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common shares assumed purchased with
potential proceeds |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding options excluded in 2005, 2004
and 2003 (option price exceeded the average market price
during the period) amounted to 22.5 million shares,
17.0 million shares and 29.4 million shares,
respectively.
65
19. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share data) |
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
Year |
|
| |
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
$ |
9,993 |
|
|
$ |
10,188 |
|
|
$ |
9,950 |
|
|
$ |
10,227 |
|
|
$ |
40,358 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
2,856 |
|
|
|
2,798 |
|
|
|
2,856 |
|
|
|
11,320 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
303 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
|
1,238 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
Loss from discontinued operations |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
Net earnings |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
Earnings per
share*: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
|
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
1.20 |
|
| |
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
$ |
8,612 |
|
|
$ |
10,169 |
|
|
$ |
9,974 |
|
|
$ |
11,055 |
|
|
$ |
39,810 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
2,872 |
|
|
|
2,786 |
|
|
|
3,076 |
|
|
|
11,162 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
1,226 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
Net earnings |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
Earnings per
share*: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
|
1.20 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.52 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
| |
* May
not sum due to rounding differences.
Amounts for all quarters presented prior to first quarter of 2005 have been restated to separately
present discontinued operations that occurred in 2005. See Note 5 Discontinued Operations,
Restructuring Activities and Closed Stores.
20. Subsequent Event
On March 13, 2006, the pre-merger
waiting period for the proposed Transactions (see Note 1, Business Description and Basis of
Presentation) with Supervalu, CVS and the Cerberus Group expired, indicating that the Federal
Trade Commission (FTC) has completed the pre-merger review as required under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. No divestiture of retail stores or other
assets was required and the FTC imposed no conditions or restrictions
on the proposed Transactions.
The proposed Transactions remain subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions,
including approval of the Transactions by both Albertsons and Supervalu shareholders.
66
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of February 2, 2006. Based on
this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of February 2, 2006 to provide
reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that
it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized
and reported within the time periods specified by the SECs rules and forms.
Managements annual report on internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report
of the Companys independent registered public accounting firm are set forth on pages 33 and 34 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In November 2004, the Company began the implementation of the PeopleSoft Human Capital Management
system. Implementation was completed at the corporate store support center and three divisions
during 2004 and 2005, and the Company plans to continue the roll-out through 2006. Based on
managements evaluation, the necessary steps have been taken to monitor and maintain appropriate
internal control over financial reporting during this period of change.
Other than as described above, there were no changes in the Companys internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the Companys most recently completed quarter that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control
over financial reporting.
67
Item 9B. Other Information.
The Company maintains a stockholder rights plan pursuant to which all stockholders receive one
right for each share of common stock held. Subject to certain exceptions, the rights will become
exercisable for shares of preferred stock upon the earlier of (1) 10 days following a public
announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained
the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock
and (2) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors)
following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or
group beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock (collectively, the
persons or groups referenced in (1) and (2) are referred to as an Acquiring Person). The plan
was amended on January 22, 2006 to provide that none of the execution, delivery or performance of
an agreement and plan of merger entered into among the Company, Supervalu, Emerald Acquisition Sub,
Inc. (Acquisition Sub), New Aloha Corporation (New Diamond) and New Diamond Sub, Inc. in
connection with the proposed sale of the Company announced on January 23, 2006 would cause
Supervalu, Acquisition Sub, New Diamond or any of their respective affiliates or associates to
become an Acquiring Person. A copy of the amendment is attached to this Annual Report
on Form 10-K
as Exhibit 4.1.4 and is incorporated herein by reference.
On March 24, 2006, the Management Development/Compensation Committee (the Committee) of the Board
of Directors authorized amendments to certain of the Companys compensation and benefit plans,
including the following:
1. Amendments to Non-qualified Plans The Committee authorized the amendment of the following
non-qualified plans:
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. Executive Pension Makeup Plan |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
American Stores Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan |
| |
|
Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan |
| |
|
Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan |
In each case, the amendment allows plan participants to elect to receive a lump sum distribution in
cash (payable from an applicable trust or general corporate assets) of such participants vested
account balance under the plan as of the date of the distribution, payable as soon as practicable
on or after (but no later than 30 days after) January 1, 2007, or, if later, the effective date of
a Change in Control (as defined in the relevant plan) of the Company. The Transactions would
constitute a Change in Control under each plan. For purposes of the Albertsons, Inc. Executive
Pension Makeup Plan and Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. Supplemental
Savings Plan, which are non-account
balance plans, and certain other non-material non-account balance plans, the amendment also provides
that the amount of the lump sum payment will be determined as of the date of the distribution
using, in lieu of any actuarial factors applicable to the plan for calculating a lump sum or any
other purpose, the following actuarial factors: an interest rate equal to the average yield to
maturity for 30-year U.S. Government Bonds as of the date of the distribution, and unloaded 94 GAR
mortality rates, blended 50% male and 50% female, projected to 2002. As of February 28, 2006, total
non-qualified plan assets were approximately $269 while total non-qualified plan liabilities were
approximately $232. The amendments also provide for the associated plans operation in accordance
with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.
In the case of the ASRE Make-Up Plan, the authorized amendment also allows for an interim Company
contribution on pay and matching contribution for plan year 2006 to plan participants employed by
the Company on the effective date (if it occurs) of the Transactions. The amount of the
contribution cannot exceed $2.5.
This summary of the material provisions of the amendments is qualified in its entirety by the terms
and provisions of the actual plan amendments.
68
2. Amendments to Existing Non-qualified Plan Trusts As of the date hereof, the Company maintains
several trusts in support of its non-qualified plans, including the following (the following trusts
referenced herein as the Trusts):
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. 2000 Deferred Compensation Trust |
| |
|
Albertsons Inc. Executive Pension MakeUp Trust Agreement (the Executive Pension MakeUp Trust) |
| |
|
Albertsons Inc. 1990 Deferred Compensation Trust |
| |
|
Albertsons, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (the Executive Deferred Compensation Trust) |
| |
|
Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. Master Deferred Compensation Trust |
| |
|
Shaws Supermarkets, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Trust |
The Trusts are funded with a combination of liquid assets (including life insurance policies) and,
in the case of the Executive Pension MakeUp Trust and Executive Deferred Compensation Trust, real
estate. The Committee authorized amendments to the Trusts to provide that effective as of a date prior to the occurrence
of any Change in Control (as defined in each Trust), each Trust (as well as certain other
non-material trusts) that is not presently irrevocable would be
revoked according to its terms, and its assets combined with the
aggregate assets of all other revoked trusts to provide for a single, master trust (the Master
Trust). The Committee also resolved that any trust supporting a non-qualified plan that by its
terms is presently irrevocable, would be merged into the Master Trust (if it is established). The
Transactions (if consummated) would constitute a Change in Control for these purposes. The
Committee also authorized the entrance into the Master Trust, the terms of which are not materially
different from those of the existing Trusts. The Committee also authorized the Company to take
appropriate actions with respect to the Executive Pension MakeUp Trust and Executive Deferred
Compensation Trust, prior to a Change in Control (as defined in each Trust), to exchange for cash,
cash equivalents or other assets any insurance contracts or real estate held by such Trusts in
accordance with the terms of the Trusts.
This summary of the material provisions of the Trust amendments and Master Trust is qualified in
its entirety by the terms and provisions of the actual Trust amendments and Master Trust.
3. Restricted Stock Units The Committee authorized holders of all outstanding deferred or
deferrable restricted stock units (RSUs) (other than with respect to RSUs granted in January
2006) and all outstanding Non-Employee Director deferred stock units (together with the RSUs, the
Units) to accelerate their current election with respect to the payout of vested Units. The
action entitles Unit-holders to elect to receive a payout of vested Units as soon as practicable on
or after (but no later than 30 days after) the earlier of (a) the time that the Units would be paid
pursuant to the terms of the existing Unit agreement and any related deferral election and (b)
January 1, 2007, or, if later, the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the
relevant Unit agreement) of the Company. The Transactions would constitute a Change in Control
under each Unit agreement.
The Committee also authorized the creation of a trust (the RSU Trust) to fund the payout of
outstanding Units (other than with respect to RSUs granted in January 2006) following the
consummation of the Transactions. The RSU Trust becomes operable only if the Transactions are
consummated and becomes irrevocable upon the consummation of the Transactions until all trust
assets are depleted or, if earlier, the date that all obligations due participants and
beneficiaries of the RSU Trust are satisfied.
69
This summary of the material provisions of the Unit amendments and the RSU Trust is qualified in
its entirety by the terms and provisions of the actual Unit amendments and RSU Trust.
4. Amendments to Officer Change of Control Severance Agreements The Committee authorized
amendments to the following change in control severance agreements:
| |
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Executive Vice Presidents |
| |
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents and Group Vice Presidents |
| |
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Vice Presidents |
See Part III. Item 11. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant, Agreements with Named
Executive Officers, for a complete description of the Albertsons Change of Control Severance
Agreement for Executive Vice Presidents. The amendments have the
following effects: (1) clarifying
that the Companys annual incentive program (but not its long-term incentive bonus program) is
included in the severance benefit calculation (which is a multiple of salary plus annual bonus) and
that, with respect to Executive Vice Presidents, references to bonus throughout the agreement do
not intend to refer to the maximum incentive compensation award
payable under the Companys bonus
plan for its five most highly compensated officers, but rather to the Companys annual incentive
program, (2) providing that outplacement benefits contemplated by the agreements must be completed
by December 31st of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the
termination date occurs, (3) providing that relocation benefits contemplated by the agreements will
be paid in a lump sum in an agreed upon amount, and (4) providing that if the welfare benefits
continuation contemplated by the agreements would result in negative tax consequences to the
participant, the Company may satisfy its obligation to provide the benefits through payment of a
lump sum or, in the case of health plan coverage, the provision of medical benefits continuation
through insurance coverage obtained on the participants behalf. The amendments also provide for
the agreements operation in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and allow for
interest earnings, in a specified amount, on severance benefits that cannot be paid immediately
upon an officers termination because of Internal Revenue Code
Section 409A. This summary of the material provisions of the amendments is qualified in its entirety by the terms and
provisions of the actual amendments.
5. Amendment to Officer Change of Control Severance Benefit Trust The Committee authorized an
amendment to the Albertsons Inc. Change of Control Severance Benefit Trust (the Severance Benefit
Trust) to delay the funding and irrevocability of the Severance Benefit Trust until the occurrence
of a Change in Control (as defined in the Severance Benefit Trust) and to provide for an initial
funding of $50 to the Severance Benefit Trust within 30 days of a Change in Control (provided that,
if the Company or its successor makes any payments satisfying change in control severance
obligations following a Change in Control of the Company from assets outside of the Severance
Benefit Trust, the $50 funding obligation will be reduced by the lesser of the amount of any
payments made outside the Severance Benefit Trust and $35). In addition, the Committee authorized
an amendment to the Severance Benefit Trust to provide that if, following any distribution from the
Severance Benefit Trust, the total value of the trust fund is less than the minimum funding
obligation, the Company or its successor will be obligated to promptly contribute additional cash
to the Severance Benefit Trust such that the value of the trust fund is at no time less than the
minimum funding obligation. For this purpose, the minimum funding obligation is the lesser of
(1) $15 or (2) 1.3 times the then value of the total accrued benefits relating to the Change in
Control severance obligations of the Company or its successor. The authorized amendments also
provide that the Severance Benefit Trust will terminate upon the earliest of (1) the payment of all
amounts due to participants as severance obligations following a Change in Control, (2) the
administrator of the Severance Benefit Trust providing its express written consent to termination
and (3) the later of (a) the first date on which the minimum funding obligation does not exceed $1
and (b) the sixth anniversary of the Change in Control. The Transactions would constitute a Change
in Control for these purposes. This summary of the material provisions of the amendment is
qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the actual amendment.
70
6. Amendment to Mr. Johnstons Employment Agreement The Committee authorized an amendment to Mr.
Johnstons employment agreement that addresses several items (the Employment Agreement
Amendment). See Part III. Item 11. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant, Agreements
with Named Executive Officers, for a complete description of Mr. Johnstons employment agreement.
The Employment Agreement Amendment allows Mr. Johnston to receive a lump sum payment equal to the
present value of his supplemental retirement benefit accrued through the date of payment upon the
later of the effective time of a Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreement) of the
Company or January 1, 2007. The Transactions (if consummated) would constitute a Change in Control
for this purpose. The Employment Agreement Amendment also provides that if Mr. Johnston receives
his supplemental retirement benefit at a time other than following his termination of employment,
he will be entitled to an additional cash payment upon the termination of his employment (or at
such other time as required to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A) equal to the excess
of (i) the present value of the supplemental retirement benefit at the time of such termination of
employment (assuming Mr. Johnston had not received the prior payment) over (ii) the amount of the
payment previously made (increased by interest at a rate of 2.75% (the PBGC rate for immediate
annuities in March 2006)) from the date of the initial payment until termination of employment. The
Employment Agreement Amendment also (1) provides that if the benefits continuation contemplated by
the employment agreement would result in negative tax consequences to Mr. Johnston, the Company may
satisfy its obligation to provide the benefits through payment of a lump sum or, in the case of
health plan coverage, the provision of medical benefits continuation through insurance coverage
obtained on his behalf, (2) provides for the agreements operation in accordance with Internal
Revenue Code Section 409A and (3) allows for interest earnings, in a specified amount, on severance
benefits that cannot be paid immediately upon Mr. Johnstons termination of employment because of
Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. This summary of the material provisions of the Employment
Agreement Amendment is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the actual
Employment Agreement Amendment.
7.
Amendment to Long-term Incentive Plan The Committee authorized an amendment to the Companys
Long-term Incentive Plan (the LTIP). The LTIP amendment provides that if a participants
employment with the Company is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason (as such terms are
defined in the individuals change in control severance agreement) during the two-year period
following a Change in Control (as defined in the LTIP), the participant will be entitled to receive
payment of a long-term incentive compensation award for all award periods in effect at the time of
such termination of service, prorated based on the number of weeks of the relevant performance
period(s) that elapsed until the occurrence of the Change in Control. If a participant remains
employed with the Company until the end of the fiscal year in which a Change in Control occurs, the
minimum long-term incentive award for any such participant for any award period ending at the close of the fiscal
year in which the Change in Control occurs will be no less than such participants target award
under the LTIP for such award period, prorated based on the number of weeks of the relevant
performance period(s) that elapsed until the occurrence of the Change in Control. The Transactions
(if consummated) would constitute a Change in Control for these purposes. The authorized
amendment also provides for the operation of the LTIP in accordance with Internal Revenue Code
Section 409A. This summary of the material provisions of the amendment is qualified in its entirety
by the terms and provisions of the actual amendment.
71
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
Executive Officers of the Registrant.
Information about the Companys executive officers is included as Item 3A in Part I of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Directors of the Registrant.
The Companys Board of Directors is divided into three classes. Each year, the directors in one
class stand for election. They are elected to three-year terms.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Age as of |
|
Class / Expiration |
|
|
|
Director |
| Name |
|
3/31/06 |
|
of Current Term |
|
Other Information |
|
Since |
A. Gary Ames
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Class II / 2006
|
|
President and Chief
Executive Officer,
MediaOne
International
(formerly U S West
International), a
telecommunications
company, from 1995
until retirement in
2000. Mr. Ames is a
director of F5
Networks, Inc.,
iPass, Inc.,
Tektronix, Inc. and
Seattle Pacific
University.
|
|
|
1988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pamela G. Bailey
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Class III / 2007
|
|
President and Chief
Executive Officer
of the Cosmetic,
Toiletry and
Fragrance
Association, the
global trade
association for the
personal care
products industry,
since April 2005.
President and Chief
Executive Officer
of AdvaMed, a
worldwide medical
technology trade
association, from
June 1999 to April
2005. Chief
Executive Officer
and President of
The Healthcare
Leadership Council
from 1990 to 1999.
President of the
National Committee
for Quality Health
Care from 1987 to
1997. Ms. Bailey is
a director of
Greatbatch, Inc.
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teresa Beck
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Class III / 2007
|
|
President of
American Stores
Company, a food and
drug retailer, from
March 1998 to June
1999 and Chief
Financial Officer
from March 1995 to
March 1998. Ms.
Beck is a director
of ICOS Corp.,
Lexmark
International,
Inc., Questar
Corp., the David
Eccles School of
Business of the
University of Utah,
Intermountain
Health Care, The
Nature Conservancy
and the Nature
Conservancy of
Utah, and a member
of the University
of Utah National
Advisory Council.
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Henry I. Bryant
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Class I / 2008
|
|
Managing Director
in the Corporate
Finance Unit of
J.P. Morgan & Co.
Incorporated, an
investment banking
firm, from February
1987 until
retirement in
February 1998. Mr.
Bryant is a
director of Alsco
Inc.
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul I. Corddry
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
Class II / 2006
|
|
Senior Vice
President, Europe,
of H.J. Heinz
Company, a
worldwide provider
of processed food
products and
services, until
retirement in 1992.
Mr. Corddry is a
director of the
American University
in Cairo, Corcoran
Museum and School
of Art, the Naples
Philharmonic Center
for the Arts and
Swarthmore College.
|
|
|
1987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonnie G. Hill
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Class I / 2008
|
|
President of B.
Hill Enterprises,
LLC, a consulting
firm specializing
in corporate
governance and
board
organizational and
public policy
issues, since July
2001 and
Co-Founder, Icon
Blue, Incorporated,
a provider of
custom marketing
promotional
solutions.
President and Chief
|
|
|
2002 |
|
72
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Age as of |
|
Class / Expiration |
|
|
|
Director |
| Name |
|
3/31/06 |
|
of Current Term |
|
Other Information |
|
Since |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officer
of The Times Mirror
Foundation, a
philanthropic
foundation, from
1997 to July 2001.
Senior Vice
President,
Communications and
Public Affairs of
the Los Angeles
Times, a news
publication, from
1998 to 2001. Ms.
Hill is a director
of AK Steel Holding
Corp., California
Water Service
Group, The Hershey
Co., The Home
Depot, Inc., Yum!
Brands, Inc.,
Goodwill Industries
of Greater Los
Angeles, Los
Angeles Urban
League, NASD
Investor Education
Foundation and the
Police Assessment
Resource Center. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Johnston
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Class I / 2008
|
|
Chairman of the
Board of Directors
and Chief Executive
Officer of the
Company since April
2001 and President
since July 2003.
President and Chief
Executive Officer
of GE Appliances, a
maker of major
household
appliances and a
division of General
Electric Company, a
diversified
industrial
corporation, from
November 1999 to
April 2001. Mr.
Johnston is a
director of The
Home Depot, Inc.,
the Food Marketing
Institute and CIES
- The Food Business
Forum.
|
|
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jon C. Madonna
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Class II / 2006
|
|
Chairman of the
Board of
DigitalThink, Inc.,
an e-commerce
company, from April
2002 through May
2004. Chairman of
the Board and Chief
Executive Officer
of KPMG Peat
Marwick, an
accounting firm,
from 1990 through
1996. Mr. Madonna
is a director of
AT&T Corp., Phelps
Dodge Corp. and
Tidewater, Inc.
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Board has
determined that Mr.
Madonna, an
independent
director, is an
audit committee
financial expert
as that term is
defined under Item
401(h) of
Regulation S-K.
Shareholders should
understand that
this designation is
a disclosure
requirement of the
SEC related to Mr.
Madonnas
experience and
understanding with
respect to certain
accounting and
auditing matters.
The designation
does not impose
upon Mr. Madonna
any duties,
obligations or
liabilities that are
greater than those
that are generally
imposed on him as a
member of the
Audit/Finance
Committee and the
Board, and his
designation as an
audit committee
financial expert
does not affect the
duties, obligations
or liabilities of any
other member of the
Audit/Finance
Committee or the
Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beth M. Pritchard
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Class III / 2007
|
|
President and Chief
Executive Officer
of Organized
Living,
Incorporated, a
retailer of home
and office storage
and organization
products, from
January 2004 until
May 2005.
Organized Living
filed for Chapter
11 bankruptcy
protection in May
2005. President and
Chief Executive
Officer of Bath &
Body Works,
Incorporated, a
retailer of
personal care
products, from 1993
to January 2003.
Ms. Pritchard is a
director of Borders
Group, Inc., Ecolab
Inc. and the
Columbus
Association for
Performing Arts.
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beatriz Rivera
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Class II / 2006
|
|
Member of Energy
Resource
Associates, LLC, an
energy consulting
firm, since January
2003. Cabinet
Secretary of the
Energy, Minerals
and Natural
Resources
Department of the
State of New Mexico
from February 2002
to December 2002.
Member of Energy
Resource
Associates, LLC, a
consulting firm,
from May 1999 to
February 2002. Ms.
Rivera is a member
of the
International
Womens Forum and New
|
|
|
1995 |
|
73
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Age as of |
|
Class / Expiration |
|
|
|
Director |
| Name |
|
3/31/06 |
|
of Current Term |
|
Other Information |
|
Since |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico Womens
Forum. Ms. Rivera
is also a licensed
attorney in
California and New
Mexico. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wayne C. Sales
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Class II / 2006
|
|
President and Chief
Executive Officer
of Canadian Tire
Corporation,
Limited, an
inter-related
network of
businesses engaged
in retail,
financial services
and petroleum,
since August 2000.
Mr. Sales is a
director of Tim
Hortons Inc.,
Canadian Tire
Corporation, Ltd.
and Ryerson
Universitys School
of Retail
Management.
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kathi P. Seifert
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Class I / 2008
|
|
Chairperson of
Pinnacle
Perspectives, LLC,
a personal business
consulting company,
since July 2004.
Executive Vice
President of
Kimberly-Clark
Corporation, a
global health and
hygiene product
manufacturing
company, from
November 1999 until
retirement in June
2004. Ms. Seifert
is a director of
Appleton Papers
Inc., Eli Lilly &
Co., Revlon, Inc.,
the U.S. Fund for
UNICEF and the
Wisconsin
Commission on Arts
Education, Co-Chair
of New North, Inc.,
Chairman of Fox
Cities Performing
Arts Center and a
member of the
Wisconsin
International Trade
Council.
|
|
|
2004 |
|
The Board of Directors maintains a standing Audit/Finance Committee. As of the date hereof, Ms.
Bailey, Ms. Beck, Mr. Bryant, Mr. Madonna and Ms. Pritchard comprise the membership of the
Audit/Finance Committee.
The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller. This code of ethics is available on the Companys website at
www.albertsons.com. If the Company makes any amendments to this code other than technical,
administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grants any waivers, including implicit
waivers, from a provision of this code to the Companys Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer or Controller, the Company will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver, its
effective date and to whom it applies on its website, www.albertsons.com.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires that the Companys directors and
certain officers and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Companys
equity securities file with the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange reports of ownership and
changes in beneficial ownership of the Companys common stock. These directors, officers and
greater than ten percent owners are required to furnish the Company with copies of all Section
16(a) forms they file. Based solely on a review of copies of these reports furnished to the Company
or written representations that no other reports were required, we believe that during fiscal year
2005 all filing requirements were timely met with the exception of three late Forms 4 for each of
Mr. Romeo Cefalo and Mr. Kevin Tripp. In each case the late filing was due to administrative
error by the executive's broker in connection with the reinvestment of cash dividends on Company common stock held in each
executive officers personal brokerage account.
74
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The following table sets forth the compensation paid for each of the Companys last three fiscal
years to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the four other most highly compensated
executive officers of the Company serving as of the end of the last completed fiscal year
(collectively, the named executive officers).
Summary Compensation Table
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Compensation |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted |
|
Securities |
|
All Other |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation |
|
Stock |
|
Underlying |
|
Compen- |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual |
|
Awards |
|
Options / |
|
sation |
| Name and |
|
Fiscal |
|
Salary (1) |
|
Bonus (1) |
|
Compensation (2) |
|
(3) |
|
SARs |
|
(4) |
| Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
($) |
|
($) |
|
($) |
|
($) |
|
(#) |
|
($) |
Lawrence R. Johnston |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
$ |
1,460,575 |
|
|
$ |
1,357,926 |
|
|
$ |
225,147 |
|
|
$ |
13,047,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
355,230 |
|
Chairman of the |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
1,405,386 |
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
104,041 |
|
|
|
5,752,871 |
|
|
|
750,000 |
|
|
|
514,689 |
|
Board, Chief |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
1,300,000 |
|
|
|
1,950,000 |
|
|
|
105,335 |
|
|
|
5,148,585 |
|
|
|
750,000 |
|
|
|
365,706 |
|
Executive
Officer
and President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Dunst |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
575,000 |
|
|
430,620 |
|
|
|
5,209 |
|
|
|
3,385,494 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,133 |
|
Executive Vice |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
472,019 |
|
|
|
67,008 |
|
|
|
1,628 |
|
|
|
920,459 |
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
99,424 |
|
President,
Technology |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
385,000 |
|
|
|
400,271 |
|
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
934,181 |
|
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
|
59,533 |
|
and Supply Chain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul T. Gannon (5) |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
658,750 |
|
|
280,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,556,149 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,878 |
|
Executive Vice |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
463,231 |
|
|
|
571,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,214,127 |
|
|
|
115,573 |
|
|
|
4,328 |
|
President, Marketing
and Food Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John R. Sims |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
526,923 |
|
|
354,058 |
|
|
|
7,509 |
|
|
|
3,105,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,182 |
|
Executive Vice |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
501,346 |
|
|
|
71,185 |
|
|
|
4,689 |
|
|
|
575,299 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
108,706 |
|
President and General |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
457,403 |
|
|
|
449,653 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
955,543 |
|
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
51,480 |
|
Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Felicia D. Thornton |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
615,000 |
|
|
420,438 |
|
|
|
7,769 |
|
|
|
3,243,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,362 |
|
Executive Vice |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
591,289 |
|
|
|
83,947 |
|
|
|
4,427 |
|
|
|
719,118 |
|
|
|
31,250 |
|
|
|
126,926 |
|
President and Chief |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
570,001 |
|
|
|
535,522 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
913,249 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
72,581 |
|
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
Includes amounts deferred by certain of the named executive officers pursuant to the
Companys deferred compensation programs. For 2005, bonus for all named individuals includes
amounts paid under the Companys annual bonus plan and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The
Management Development/Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors implemented the LTIP in
2005 and at that time adopted three performance cycles. To phase in the program, the initial
performance period (2005) was set for one year and the amounts earned for this one-year period are
included above in the Bonus column. The performance cycle payable in 2006 measures Company
performance over the two-year period of 2005 and 2006 and the performance cycle payable in 2007
measures Company performance over the three-year period of 2005 through 2007. See Long-Term
Incentive Plans Awards in Last Fiscal Year. |
| |
| (2) |
|
The amounts indicated in fiscal 2005 include, for
Mr. Johnston, $187,985 for the value of
personal use of corporate aircraft. The amounts indicated for fiscal 2004 include, for Mr.
Johnston, $76,832 for the value of personal use of corporate aircraft. The amounts indicated in
fiscal 2003 include, for Mr. Johnston, $70,975 for the value of personal use of corporate aircraft
and $28,267 for financial planning. |
75
|
|
|
| (3) |
|
Includes the dollar value (as of the award dates, based on the closing market price of
Albertsons common stock on the award dates) of deferrable restricted stock units and deferred
restricted stock units granted under the Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan and
2004 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, with cash dividend equivalents paid quarterly. Mr.
Johnston was granted 282,300 deferrable units in January 2006 that vest over four years and 280,952
deferrable units in June 2005 that vest over three years commencing in June 2008. Mr. Johnston was
granted deferrable units in December 2004 and December 2003 that vest over five years. Mr. Dunst
was granted 53,000 deferrable units in January 2006 that vest over four years and 97,143 deferrable
units in June 2005 that vest over three years commencing in June 2008. Mr. Dunst was granted
39,252 deferred units in December 2004 and 27,040 deferred units in December 2003 that vest over five years and
20,052 deferred units in June 2003 that vest over three years commencing in June 2006. Mr. Gannon
was granted 10,000 deferrable units in January 2006 that vest over four years and 109,286
deferrable units in June 2005 that vest over three years commencing in June 2008. Mr. Gannon was
granted 30,666 deferred units in December 2004 that vest over five years, 55,338 deferrable units
in May 2004 that vest over two years and 9,804 deferrable units in May 2004 that vest over five
years. Mr. Sims was granted 50,000 deferrable units in January 2006 that vest over four years and
87,429 deferrable units in June 2005 that vest over three years commencing in June 2008. Mr. Sims
was granted 24,533 deferred units in December 2004 and 23,660
deferred units in December 2003 that vest over five
years and 24,740 deferred units in June 2003 that vest over three years commencing in June 2006.
Ms. Thornton was granted 44,000 deferrable units in January 2006 that vest over four years and
101,190 deferrable units in June 2005 that vest over three years commencing in June 2008. Ms.
Thornton was granted 30,666 deferred units in December 2004 and
16,900 deferred units in December 2003 that vest
over five years and 29,688 deferred units in June 2003 that vest over three years commencing in
June 2006. The number and value of the aggregate restricted stock units held at fiscal year end
(calculated using the closing price of Albertsons common stock on the New York Stock Exchange
composite tape on February 2, 2006) was 1,864,666 shares valued
at $46,914,997 for Mr. Johnston;
269,291 shares valued at $6,775,362 for Mr. Dunst; 198,134 shares valued at $4,985,051 for Mr. Gannon;
255,032 shares valued at $6,416,605 for Mr. Sims; and 303,114 shares valued at $7,626,348 for Ms.
Thornton. |
| |
| (4) |
|
The amounts indicated include, in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, premiums paid by the Company for
term life insurance for Mr. Johnston in the amounts of $19,480 in each year. The amounts indicated
also include, in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, Company contributions under the Albertsons Savings and
Retirement Estates (ASRE) and ASRE Makeup Plan defined contribution plans in the following
amounts: for Mr. Johnston, $309,590, $470,680 and $329,508; for Mr. Dunst, $76,760, $97,255 and
$59,533; for Mr. Gannon, $133,878, $4,328 and not applicable; for Mr. Sims, $71,460, $106,812 and
$50,527; and for Ms. Thornton, $85,362, $126,926 and $72,581. The remaining amounts consist of
interest accrued at above-market rates (as defined by the rules of the SEC) on compensation
deferred pursuant to the Companys nonqualified deferred compensation programs. |
| |
| (5) |
|
Mr. Gannon became an executive officer of Albertsons on September 13, 2004. From April through
September 2004, Mr. Gannon served as President, Shaws Division. The 2004 bonus amount for Mr.
Gannon includes $40,736 awarded under the Albertsons, Inc. Executive Officers Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan for his service as an executive officer of Albertsons during fiscal 2004. The
remaining bonus amount reflects amounts to which Mr. Gannon was entitled as a result of his service
as President, Shaws Division for a portion of fiscal 2004. |
Options / SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year
The Company did not grant any options to the named executive officers during fiscal 2005.
76
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities |
|
Value of Unexercised |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised |
|
in-the-Money |
| |
|
Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
Options at Fiscal |
|
Options at Fiscal |
| |
|
Acquired on |
|
Value |
|
Year-End |
|
Year-End |
| |
|
Exercise |
|
Realized |
|
Exercisable |
|
Unexercisable |
|
Exercisable |
|
Unexercisable |
| Name |
|
(#) |
|
($) |
|
(#) |
|
(#) |
|
($) |
|
($) |
Lawrence R. Johnston |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,172,701 |
|
|
|
1,230,679 |
|
|
$ |
1,711,500 |
|
|
$ |
3,208,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Dunst |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147,556 |
|
|
|
121,890 |
|
|
|
283,000 |
|
|
|
363,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul T. Gannon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,114 |
|
|
|
92,459 |
|
|
|
47,957 |
|
|
|
191,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John R. Sims |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,797 |
|
|
|
159,199 |
|
|
|
256,550 |
|
|
|
369,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Felicia D. Thornton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311,658 |
|
|
|
138,853 |
|
|
|
202,788 |
|
|
|
251,650 |
|
Long-Term Incentive Plans Awards in Last Fiscal Year
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Performance |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
or other period |
|
|
Estimated future payouts under non-stock price- |
|
| |
|
Number of shares, |
|
|
until |
|
|
based plans (2) |
|
| |
|
units or other |
|
|
maturation or |
|
|
Threshold |
|
|
Target |
|
|
Maximum |
|
| Name |
|
rights ($) |
|
|
payout (1) |
|
|
($ or #) |
|
|
($ or #) |
|
|
($ or #) |
|
Lawrence R. Johnston |
|
|
$516,250 |
|
|
2 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
516,250 |
|
|
$ |
1,032,500 |
|
|
|
|
$516,250 |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
516,250 |
|
|
$ |
1,032,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Dunst |
|
|
$150,000 |
|
|
2 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
150,000 |
|
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
|
|
|
$150,000 |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
150,000 |
|
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul T. Gannon |
|
|
$168,750 |
|
|
2 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
168,750 |
|
|
$ |
337,500 |
|
|
|
|
$168,750 |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
168,750 |
|
|
$ |
337,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John R. Sims |
|
|
$135,000 |
|
|
2 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
135,000 |
|
|
$ |
270,000 |
|
|
|
|
$135,000 |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
135,000 |
|
|
$ |
270,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Felicia D. Thornton |
|
|
$156,250 |
|
|
2 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
156,250 |
|
|
$ |
312,500 |
|
|
|
|
$156,250 |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
$0 |
|
|
$ |
156,250 |
|
|
$ |
312,500 |
|
|
|
|
| (1) |
|
Under the Companys LTIP, participants are eligible to receive an award, payable in cash,
based on the Companys achievement relative to financial targets. The two-year performance period
awards are potentially payable in 2006 and will be based on fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 cumulative
earnings per share (EPS) and average return on invested capital (ROIC) results. The three-year
performance period awards are potentially payable in 2007 and will be based on fiscal 2005 through
fiscal 2007 cumulative EPS and average ROIC results. In each case, the EPS and ROIC targets have
been approved by the Companys Management Development/Compensation Committee. |
| |
| (2) |
|
There is no minimum award. Target bonus is equal to 25% or, in the case of Mr. Johnston, 35%
of the participants annual base salary at the end of the performance period. For purposes of this
disclosure, target is based on participant salaries at February 2, 2006. The maximum award payable
is 200% of the participants target bonus. |
77
Retirement Benefits
The Company adopted a 401(k) defined contribution plan, ASRE, effective September 26, 1999, which
is the Companys primary retirement plan. To offset the loss of retirement benefits associated with
tax law limitations, the Company also adopted the nonqualified ASRE Makeup Plan on September 26,
1999. Benefits are provided under the ASRE Makeup Plan for key employees equal to those that would
otherwise be lost by qualified plan tax limitations. The contributions made by the Company to ASRE
and the ASRE Makeup Plan for the benefit of the named executive officers are included in the
figures in the Summary Compensation Table.
Compensation of Directors
Albertsons believes that compensation for non-employee directors should be competitive. During
fiscal 2005, each non-employee director received:
| |
|
|
$10,000 per quarter in cash as an annual retainer. The final quarterly payment was made
contingent upon the directors attendance at 75% of the total meetings of the Board and
the committees on which he or she served during the year; |
| |
| |
|
|
an annual award of $80,000 in Albertsons common stock. Each director was provided the
right to choose to receive his or her award in stock, deferred stock equivalents or
options to purchase four shares for every share of stock to which the director would be
entitled on the date of the award; and |
| |
| |
|
|
$1,500 for each Board and committee meeting attended when his or her attendance was
required. |
In addition, the chairs of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee and the Management
Development/ Compensation Committee received a lump sum cash payment of $10,000 and the chair of
the Audit/Finance Committee received a lump sum cash payment of $15,000. The Lead Director
received a lump sum cash payment of $50,000. The compensation program incorporates these
additional sums in recognition of the additional time and commitment associated with serving as a
committee chair or the Lead Director. The Lead Director was given the opportunity to choose to
receive his additional cash payment in stock, deferred stock equivalents or stock options at the
four to one ratio described above.
Each non-employee director could elect to defer payment of his or her cash compensation into the
Companys nonqualified deferred compensation plan for non-employee directors. Albertsons executive
officers do not receive additional compensation if they serve as directors.
The Company also pays travel and accommodation expenses of directors and, when requested by the
Company, their spouses to attend Board meetings, conduct store visits, attend continuing director
education courses and participate in other corporate functions. The Company also pays the
attendance fee for one continuing director education program per year.
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
Agreement with Lawrence R. Johnston
The Company entered into an employment agreement with Lawrence R. Johnston effective April 23, 2001
and amended July 19, 2001 (the CEO employment agreement). An amendment to the agreement was
approved by the Management Development/Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the
Committee) on March 24, 2006 (Amendment No. 2). Mr. Johnston has not yet executed Amendment
No. 2.
The CEO employment agreement retains Mr. Johnston as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company until the tenth anniversary of the commencement date of the agreement. The
CEO employment agreement also permits the Board to assign additional duties to Mr. Johnston. The
Board of Directors approved the CEO employment agreement after an extensive search had been
conducted by the Board with the assistance of an executive search firm. In negotiating the terms of
the CEO employment agreement, the Board sought advice from outside legal counsel and independent
compensation consultants, and considered such factors as the competitive
78
levels of Chief Executive Officer compensation at other companies of comparable industry and size,
the Companys internal executive compensation practices and the level of compensation deemed
necessary to induce Mr. Johnston to accept the Companys offer of employment and restore amounts
forfeited by him upon leaving his former employer.
Mr. Johnstons ongoing compensation arrangement provides for an annual base salary of not less than
$1,250,000, an annual target bonus of not less than 100% of base salary (and a maximum annual bonus
not to exceed 200% of base salary) and an annual stock option award with a Black-Scholes present
value at grant of not less than 285% of the sum of his initial base salary and initial target bonus
(which totals $7,125,000). A portion of this award may be in the form of a deferrable restricted
stock unit award with equivalent value.
The CEO employment agreement also provides Mr. Johnston with certain severance benefits. If Mr.
Johnstons employment is terminated by reason of death, he will be entitled to all compensation and
benefits accrued but not paid as of the termination date, as well as a supplemental retirement
benefit (as described below). In addition, all of his outstanding stock option awards will become
fully vested and exercisable for a period of two years following the date of death (or the
remaining exercise period of the awards, if earlier). Also, all of his outstanding restricted stock
unit awards will become vested as to the next two successive vesting dates following the date of
death.
If Mr. Johnstons employment is terminated by (A) the Company other than (1) for Cause (as
defined in the CEO employment agreement) or (2) due to Mr. Johnstons death, or (B) Mr. Johnston
for Good Reason (as defined in the CEO employment
agreement and which includes, but is not limited to, his decision to
terminate for any reason during the seventh month following a Change of Control (as defined in
the CEO employment agreement) of the Company), Mr. Johnston will be entitled to the following
benefits:
| |
|
|
within 30 days of the date of his termination, a cash payment equal to three times the
sum of his then current base salary plus the greater of the most recent annual bonus paid
or the most recent target bonus payable; |
| |
| |
|
|
a cash payment equal to the pro rata portion of the annual bonus payable to Mr. Johnston
for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs; |
| |
| |
|
|
continued participation in Albertsons welfare benefit plans, fringe benefit plans and
employee perquisites for the three-year period following Mr. Johnstons termination of
employment; provided that Amendment No. 2 provides that these benefits may be satisfied by
the payment to Mr. Johnston of a lump sum payment in lieu of
continuation of benefits or, in the case of health plan coverage, the provision of medical
benefits continuation through insurance coverage obtained on
Mr. Johnstons behalf, instead of under
Albertsons self-insured medical benefits plan; |
| |
| |
|
|
Mr. Johnstons outstanding unvested options to purchase Albertsons common stock will
vest and all outstanding options held by him will remain exercisable until the earlier of
five years from the date of his termination or the date of expiration of the full stated
term of the option; |
| |
| |
|
|
Mr. Johnstons restricted stock unit awards that are unvested will vest and become nonforfeitable; |
| |
| |
|
|
Mr. Johnstons benefits under the Albertsons nonqualified benefit plans will become fully vested; and |
| |
| |
|
|
gross-up payments in the event that Mr. Johnston is subject to excise taxes under
Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code) as a result of any amounts paid or
distributed to him pursuant to the employment agreement and all other plans and programs of
Albertsons. |
In addition, if Mr. Johnstons employment is terminated for any reason, he is entitled to the
following benefits:
| |
|
|
within 30 days of the date of termination, any earned, but unpaid, base salary; any
earned, but unpaid bonus for any fiscal year that ended prior to the fiscal year in which
termination occurs; and the cash equivalent of any accrued, but unused, vacation; |
79
| |
|
|
any accrued employee benefits, subject to the terms of the applicable employee benefit
plans; and |
| |
| |
|
|
the right to require the company to purchase his primary residence in Boise, Idaho for
his initial investment plus the cost of all improvements (with the company bearing any
closing costs) if he is unable, notwithstanding his reasonable efforts, to sell the
residence on his own. Mr. Johnstons reasonable efforts must include the listing of the
residence for at least six months with a qualified real estate broker. |
Amendment No. 2 provides that if any payment to be made under the CEO employment agreement would
occur at a time that does not qualify the payment as a short-term deferral under Section 409A of
the Code, Mr. Johnston would receive payment upon the earlier of six months following his
separation from service (as defined in the Code) or his death, and be entitled to interest earnings,
in a specified amount, on these payments.
The severance benefits described above are subject to Mr. Johnstons execution of a release of
claims. In addition, Mr. Johnston has agreed not to compete with, nor solicit customers, employees
or suppliers of, Albertsons or its subsidiaries or affiliates during the one-year period following
termination of his employment.
Under the terms of the CEO employment agreement, Mr. Johnston is also entitled to a life annuity
payable at age 62 (or earlier upon any termination of Mr. Johnstons employment) equal to 50% of
the average of the sum of his base salary and actual bonus from the highest three consecutive years
during the ten years prior to his termination of employment (but not less than his initial base
salary and initial target bonus, each of which is $1,250,000) offset by the amount of qualified and
nonqualified pension benefits payable from the Albertsons plans and the plans of Mr. Johnstons
former employers, and subject to certain reductions if Mr. Johnstons employment is voluntarily
terminated by him without Good Reason, by Albertsons for Cause, or by reason of death. The annuity
is generally reduced by 4% for each year of early commencement if he begins receiving payments
prior to age 62. However, if termination of employment follows a Change of Control (as defined in the CEO employment agreement),
which the
Transactions (if consummated) will constitute, the 4% reduction will not apply. Amendment No. 2 provides Mr. Johnston with the
right to elect to receive a lump sum payment of the then-actuarial value of this life annuity upon
the later of the effective time of a Change of Control or January 1,
2007. If Mr. Johnston elects a lump sum payment but is still employed on the date he receives this
benefit, he will be entitled to an additional payment at termination of employment equal to the
excess of (1) the present value of the life annuity at the time of his termination of employment
assuming that he had not received the prior payment over (2) the amount of the payment made
pursuant to his election, increased by an interest factor at an annual rate of 2.75% from the date
of the initial payment to the date of his termination of employment.
Agreement with Robert J. Dunst
Mr. Dunst and the Company are parties to a letter agreement that provides that upon termination of
Mr. Dunsts employment with the Company for any reason other than cause, he will be entitled to
receive a lump sum severance payment equal to $595,000. Mr. Dunst is also a party to a change in
control severance agreement with the Company (described below). To the extent that any severance
benefits became payable to Mr. Dunst under the letter agreement and were not greater than the
benefits payable under the change in control severance agreement, Mr. Dunsts severance
compensation would be governed by the change in control severance agreement and not the letter
agreement.
Agreement with Felicia D. Thornton
Ms. Thornton and the Company are parties to a letter agreement that provides that upon termination
of Ms. Thorntons employment with the Company for any reason she will be entitled to all
compensation and benefits accrued but not paid as of the termination date.
In addition, if Ms. Thorntons employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as
defined in the letter agreement), or she terminates her employment for Good Reason (as defined
in the letter agreement), she will receive a lump sum payment equal to the sum of her base salary
and target bonus and a payment (at the time of bonus payments to other senior executives) of a
pro-rata portion of the amount due to Ms. Thornton under the Companys annual incentive plan for
the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs. In this situation,
80
Ms. Thornton is also entitled to one year of continued vesting of stock options and restricted stock
and one year of continued participation in the Companys welfare benefit plans, fringe benefits and
employee perquisites (which period will be concurrent with any health care continuation benefits
under COBRA). She is also entitled to gross-up payments in the event she is subject to excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code as a result of any
amounts paid to her pursuant to the letter agreement or otherwise.
Ms. Thornton is also a party to a change in control severance agreement with the Company (described
below). To the extent that any severance benefits became payable to Ms. Thornton under the letter
agreement and were not greater than the benefits payable under the change in control severance
agreement, Ms. Thorntons severance compensation would be governed by the change in control
severance agreement and not the letter agreement.
Agreement with Paul T. Gannon
Mr. Gannon and the Company are parties to an employment agreement, effective as of December 15,
2004, as approved by the Committee. The Committee received advice from legal counsel and
independent compensation consultants, and considered such factors as the level of compensation
deemed necessary to induce Mr. Gannon to accept the Companys offer of employment and restore
amounts forfeited by him under an agreement in place with Shaws Supermarkets, Inc., of which Mr. Gannon
had been President and Chief Executive Officer.
The employment agreement provides for an initial term of three years and may be extended by the
Company upon notice to Mr. Gannon within 60 days of either December 15, 2006 or the second
anniversary of any renewal term, as the case may be. In lieu of renewing the employment agreement,
the Company can release Mr. Gannon from his duties during the remaining term of the employment
agreement and pay Mr. Gannon the severance payments described below as if he had been terminated by
the Company without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement). If the parties do not renew
the employment agreement but Mr. Gannon continues on in the employ of the Company following the
expiration of the employment agreements term, he will be an at-will employee.
The employment agreement provides Mr. Gannon with a minimum base salary of $610,000 during its
term, which amount may be proportionally decreased in connection with a general decrease applicable
to all senior executives. The employment agreement also provides Mr. Gannon the right to
participate in annual and/or long-term bonus plans and benefit plans generally provided or made
available to all employees at the Executive Vice President level and the right to receive all
perquisites generally provided or made available to all employees at the Executive Vice President
level.
Upon termination of Mr. Gannons employment with the Company for Cause (as defined in the
agreement), or termination by Mr. Gannon, Mr. Gannon is entitled to receive all base salary and
vacation accrued but not paid as of the termination date.
If Mr. Gannons separation from the Company is due to his death or permanent disability, he will be
entitled to receive, as soon as practicable, (1) all base salary and vacation accrued but not paid
as of the termination date, (2) his target bonus for the fiscal year in which the death or
disability occurs, prorated for the actual period of service for that fiscal year, and (3) all
death or disability benefits Mr. Gannon may be entitled to under the Companys employee benefit or
compensation plans generally.
If Mr. Gannons employment with the Company terminates for any reason not described above, Mr.
Gannon will be entitled to (1) all base salary and vacation accrued but not paid as of the
termination date, payable as soon as practicable, (2) two times his base salary (at the rate in
effect at the time of termination) payable in equal monthly installments over a 24-month period,
(3) his target bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, prorated for the actual
period of service for that fiscal year, (4) outplacement services in an amount up to $50,000, and
(5) continuation of group medical insurance benefits for up to 24 months.
Mr. Gannon is also a party to a change in control severance agreement with the Company (described
below). To the extent that any severance benefits became payable to Mr. Gannon under the
employment agreement and were not
81
greater than the benefits payable under the change in control severance agreement, Mr. Gannons
severance compensation would be governed by the change in control severance agreement and not the
employment agreement.
In consideration for these provisions, Mr. Gannon has agreed to certain non-competition and
non-solicitation provisions.
Change in Control Agreements
The
Company entered into change of control (CIC)
severance agreements with Messrs. Dunst, Gannon and Sims
and Ms. Thornton (the Covered Officers) to provide them with stated severance compensation should
their employment with the Company be terminated under certain defined circumstances following a
CIC. Mr. Johnston is not a party to a CIC agreement, as he has been provided protection in the
event of a CIC pursuant to the CEO employment agreement, which is described above. An amendment to
the CIC agreements was approved by the Committee on March 24, 2006 (the CIC Amendment). None of the
Covered Officers has yet executed the CIC Amendment.
The CIC agreements had a stated expiration of December 31, 2005, subject to an automatic renewal
provision. Under the provision, the CIC agreements automatically renew for a one-year period each
January 1st unless the Company or the Covered Officer gives notice by September 30th of the
preceding year that it, he or she does not wish to extend the agreement. No termination notice was
given in 2005.
Under the terms of the CIC agreements, within five business days of a CIC (which would include the
Transactions), each Covered Officer will receive a lump sum payment of such executives prorated
annual bonus for the fiscal year that includes the date on which the CIC occurs. The payment will
be determined by multiplying the executives target bonus award percentage by the executives base pay,
prorated for the portion of the fiscal year elapsing prior to the
CIC. The CIC Amendment clarifies the calculation of target bonus for
this purpose. See Item 9B. Other Information.
Additionally, if, during the two-year period following the CIC (or prior to the CIC, but in
connection with the CIC or at the request of a party attempting to effect a change of control of
the Company), a Covered Officers employment is terminated other than for death, disability or
Cause (as defined in the CIC agreements), or if, during that period, the executive terminates
employment for Good Reason (as defined in the CIC agreements) and in either case, the executive
executes a release of claims in connection with the executives termination of employment, the CIC
agreements entitle the executive to the following benefits:
| |
|
|
within five business days of the executives termination, a lump sum cash payment equal
to three times the sum of (1) the executives annual base salary (at the highest rate in
effect for any period within the three years prior to the executives termination of
employment) and (2) the executives incentive pay (not including amounts received under any
Albertsons equity or long-term incentive compensation plans) calculated by multiplying the
target award percentage under the applicable plan as in effect prior
to the termination by base
salary; |
| |
| |
|
|
continuation for 36 months following the executives termination of employment of
welfare benefits that are substantially similar to those the
executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the executives termination of employment and continuation of COBRA
benefits for an additional 18 months, reduced to the extent that comparable welfare
benefits are actually received by the executive during the continuation period from another
employer. The CIC Amendment provides that these benefits may be satisfied by
the payment of a lump sum payment in lieu of continuation of benefits
or in the case of health plan coverage, the provision of
medical benefits continuation through insurance coverage obtained on
an executives behalf instead of under Albertsons
self-insured medical benefits plan; |
| |
| |
|
|
active service credit for the 36-month continuation period for purposes of determining
the executives eligibility for retiree medical or life insurance benefits; |
| |
| |
|
|
outplacement services up to $50,000, which the CIC Amendment
requires be completed by December 31
st of the second calendar
year following the calendar year in which the termination date occurs; |
82
| |
|
|
within five business days of the executives
termination, a lump sum payment for relocation
in an amount set by the CIC Amendment at $100,000, if the executive was relocated while actively employed
(including as a result of initial hire) within five years of the executives termination
date; and |
| |
| |
|
|
gross-up payments in the event that the executive is subject to excise taxes under
Section 4999 of the Code as a result of any amounts paid or distributed to him or her
pursuant to the change of control severance agreement or otherwise. |
The CIC Amendment provides that if any payment to be made under the agreement would occur at a time
that does not qualify the payment as a short-term deferral under Section 409A of the Code, the
Covered Officer would receive payment upon the earlier of six months following his or her
separation from service (as defined in the Code) or his
or her death and be entitled to interest earnings, in a specified
amount, on these payments.
The executives have agreed, pursuant to the CIC agreements, if they have received or are receiving
benefits under the agreements, not to engage in any activity that is competitive to Albertsons or
its divisions or affiliates and not to solicit any employees of Albertsons or any of its
subsidiaries for the one-year period following termination of employment.
Upon a
change of control of Albertsons, Albertsons is required to fund a rabbi trust to secure
payments required to be made under certain change of control arrangements, including Mr. Johnstons
employment agreement and the change of control severance agreements.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During 2005, the members of the Management Development/Compensation Committee were A. Gary Ames,
Pamela G. Bailey, Paul I. Corddry, Bonnie G. Hill (until June 2005), Beth M. Pritchard, Beatriz
Rivera, Wayne C. Sales (since June 2005) and Kathi P. Seifert. During 2005, no current or former
Albertsons executive officer served on the compensation committee (or equivalent), or the board of
directors, of another entity whose executive officer(s) served on Albertsons Management Development
/ Compensation Committee or Board of Directors.
83
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters.
The following table shows the persons (including any group deemed a person under Section 13(d)(3)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) known to the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of
the Companys common stock. It also shows beneficial ownership of the Companys common stock for
each director, for each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table included under
Item 11 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and for the current executive officers and
directors as a group.
Shares Beneficially Owned as of March 3, 2006
(unless otherwise indicated below)1
| |
|
|
|
|
| Name (and Address for Beneficial |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
| Owners over 5%) |
|
Beneficially Owned |
|
Percent of Class |
Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. (2) |
|
47,683,497 |
|
12.9% |
11988 El
Camino Real, Suite 500
San Diego, CA 92130
|
|
|
|
|
Markus Stiftung (3) |
|
29,152,800 |
|
7.9% |
Timmasper
Weg
2353 Nortorf
Federal Republic of Germany
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Research and Management Company (4) |
|
25,050,710 |
|
6.8% |
333 South
Hope Street,
55th
Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
|
|
|
|
|
Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC
(5) |
|
24,012,088 |
|
6.5% |
725 S.
Figueroa Street,
39th
Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017 |
|
|
|
|
Directors: |
|
|
|
|
A. Gary Ames (6) |
|
55,818 |
|
* |
Pamela G. Bailey (6) |
|
42,496 |
|
* |
Teresa Beck (6) |
|
39,071 |
|
* |
Henry I. Bryant (6) |
|
27,548 |
|
* |
Paul I. Corddry (6) |
|
56,129 |
|
* |
Bonnie G. Hill (6) |
|
18,253 |
|
* |
Lawrence R. Johnston (7) |
|
2,330,626 |
|
* |
Jon C. Madonna (6) |
|
11,755 |
|
* |
Beth M. Pritchard (6) |
|
7,361 |
|
* |
Beatriz Rivera (6) |
|
35,477 |
|
* |
Wayne C. Sales (6) |
|
|
|
* |
Kathi P. Seifert (6) |
|
8,130 |
|
* |
Officers: |
|
|
|
* |
Robert J. Dunst, Jr. (7) |
|
201,664 |
|
* |
Paul T. Gannon (7) |
|
40,712 |
|
* |
John R. Sims (7) |
|
198,168 |
|
* |
Felicia D. Thornton (7) |
|
396,953 |
|
* |
All directors and current executive officers
as a group (20 individuals) (8) |
|
4,545,606 |
|
1.2% |
|
|
|
| * |
|
Indicates that the percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed one percent of the
Companys outstanding common stock. |
| |
| 1 |
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Shares are considered to be beneficially owned if the person has
the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting |
84
|
|
|
| |
|
of the securities or the sole or shared power to dispose of or direct the disposition of the
securities. A person is also considered to be the beneficial owner of shares if that person has the
right to acquire beneficial ownership of the shares within 60 days following March 3, 2006. |
| |
| 2 |
|
Share ownership is as of December 31, 2005 as set forth in an amendment to a
Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2006. According to that filing, Brandes Investment
Partners, L.P., an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, has
shared voting power with respect to 39,909,825 shares, shared dispositive power with respect to
47,683,497 shares and is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares, together with its control
persons and its holding company. |
| |
| 3 |
|
According to a Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on or about January 18, 1990, Mr.
Theo Albrecht is also a beneficial owner of these shares. Mr. Albrechts address is the same as
that of Markus Stiftung. |
| |
| 4 |
|
Share ownership is as of December 31, 2005 as set forth in an amendment to a
Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2006. According to that filing, Capital Research
and Management Company, an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares as the result of acting as
investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 of the Investment
Company Act of 1940. Shares reported by Capital Research and Management Company include 3,360,710
shares it has the right to acquire pursuant to the stock purchase contracts contained in 3,100,000
of the Companys 7.25% corporate units. |
| |
| 5 |
|
Share ownership is as of December 31, 2005 as set forth in a Schedule 13G filed
with the SEC on February 14, 2006. According to that filing, Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management,
LLC (HWCM) is an investment adviser in accordance with Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and made the filing in its capacity as an investment adviser. According to
the filing, HWCMs clients have the right to receive, or the power to direct the receipt of,
dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such shares. No such account is known to HWCM to
own more than 5% of the shares outstanding. |
| |
| 6 |
|
Includes, as applicable, the following shares that could have been acquired within
60 days after March 3, 2006 pursuant to stock options awarded under the 1995 Stock Option Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, under the Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan and under
options converted from American Stores Company option plans: 33,364 shares for Mr. Ames; 28,876
shares for Ms. Bailey; 1,512 shares for Mr. Bryant; 45,736 shares for Mr. Corddry; 7,248 shares for
Ms. Hill; and 24,116 shares for Ms. Rivera. Also includes, as applicable, the following shares that
could have been acquired within 60 days after March 3, 2006 pursuant to deferred stock units
awarded under the Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan and 2004 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan: 7,361 shares for Mr. Ames; 155 shares for Ms. Beck; 11,426 shares for
Mr. Bryant; 393 shares for Mr. Corddry; 10,755 shares for Ms. Hill; 10,755 shares for Mr. Madonna;
7,361 shares for Ms. Pritchard; 7,361 shares for Ms. Rivera; and 3,930 shares for Ms. Seifert. |
| |
| 7 |
|
Includes, as applicable, the following shares that could have been acquired within
60 days after March 3, 2006 pursuant to stock options awarded under the Amended and Restated 1995
Stock-Based Incentive Plan: 1,302,919 shares for Mr. Johnston; 147,556 shares for Mr. Dunst; 23,114
shares for Mr. Gannon; 147,396 shares for Mr. Sims; and 311,658 shares for Ms. Thornton. Also
includes, as applicable, the following shares that could have been acquired within 60 days after
March 3, 2006 pursuant to deferred and deferrable restricted stock units awarded under the Amended
and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan and the 2004 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan:
728,670 shares for Mr. Johnston; 33,546 shares for Mr. Dunst; 6,133 shares for Mr. Gannon; 34,772
shares for Mr. Sims; and 85,295 shares for Ms. Thornton. |
| |
| 8 |
|
Includes 1,006,264 shares that could have been acquired within 60 days after March
3, 2006 by executive officers other than those listed individually pursuant to stock options and
deferred and deferrable restricted stock units awarded under the Amended and Restated 1995
Stock-Based Incentive Plan, the 2004 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan and options converted
from American Stores Company option plans. Also includes shares credited to ASRE accounts of
certain of these other executive officers, measured as of fiscal year end. |
85
Information set forth under Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading
Definitive Agreement to Sell Company is incorporated herein by reference.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Companys equity
compensation plans in effect as of February 2, 2006 that provide for the award of securities or the
grant of options, warrants or rights to purchase securities to employees of the Company or its
subsidiaries or to any other person.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities |
| |
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
remaining available for |
| |
|
Number of securities to |
|
Weighted-average |
|
future issuance under |
| |
|
be issued upon exercise |
|
exercise price of |
|
equity compensation plans |
| |
|
of outstanding options, |
|
outstanding options, |
|
(excluding securities |
| Plan Category |
|
warrants and rights (1) |
|
warrants and rights (2) |
|
reflected in column (a)) (3) |
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders |
|
|
40,617,374 |
|
|
$ |
28.11 |
|
|
|
12,544,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders
(4) |
|
|
700,433 |
|
|
$ |
37.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
41,317,807 |
|
|
$ |
28.30 |
|
|
|
12,544,101 |
|
|
|
|
| 1 |
|
Includes 6,922,968 deferrable restricted stock units, deferred restricted stock
units and dividend equivalents. |
| |
| 2 |
|
Does not take into consideration the deferrable restricted stock units, deferred
restricted stock units or dividend equivalents referenced in footnote (1). |
| |
| 3 |
|
Shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
approved by security holders represents the remaining share authorization of the Companys 2004
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (the 2004 Plan), which authorizes the grant of incentive
stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock, restricted
stock, performance shares, performance units and other securities. The maximum number of shares
that may be issued under the 2004 Plan as awards other than options or stock appreciation rights is
one-quarter of the shares authorized under the 2004 Plan. As of February 2, 2006, 645,461 shares
remained available for grant under 2004 Plan as awards other than options or stock appreciation
rights. |
| |
| 4 |
|
Represents stock options granted by American Stores Company under three option
plans that were approved by the shareholders of American Stores Company. American Stores Company
was acquired by the Company in 1999. The options were granted during 1997 and 1998 and entitle the
holders to purchase shares of the Companys common stock at prices ranging from $35.7143 to
$39.4841. At fiscal year end, all of the options were exercisable. No additional options may be
granted under the plans that govern these options. |
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
None.
86
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Audit Fees
The aggregate fees for professional services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP (Deloitte), the
member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, the
Deloitte Entities), in connection with their audit of the Companys consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, their reviews of the consolidated financial
statements included in the Companys Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, their audit of internal
control over financial reporting and their attestation services for matters such as comfort letters
and consents related to SEC registration statements were approximately $3.21 for fiscal year 2005
and $3.58 for fiscal year 2004.
Audit-Related Fees
The fees for attestation services rendered for matters such as audits of employee benefits plans,
advisory service for the implementation of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and merger
and acquisition due diligence services were approximately $0.73 in fiscal year 2005 and $1.26 in
fiscal year 2004.
Tax Fees
Fees related to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services were approximately $0.35 in
fiscal 2005 and $0.30 in fiscal year 2004.
All Other Fees
The Deloitte Entities did not provide the Company any significant services in fiscal 2005 or 2004
that would properly be categorized as All Other Fees.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit/Finance Committee has adopted a formal policy for the pre-approval of non-prohibited,
non-audit services to be performed by the Companys external financial statement auditor, currently
Deloitte. Under this policy, management prepares a list of certain services that are expected to be
performed by the external auditor. The pre-approved non-prohibited, non-audit services include
activities that are allowed by the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and either (1) have
been performed by Deloitte in the past with satisfactory quality or (2) are an appropriate
extension of the services performed by Deloitte. The list is approved by the Audit/Finance
Committee. The following process is followed for the pre-approval of non-prohibited, non-audit
services that are not included in the initial approval:
| |
|
|
The Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee is contacted to discuss (1) the nature of the
allowed non-prohibited, non-audit service and (2) managements conclusion that Deloitte is
the best firm to provide the service. Management will also provide to the Chair of the
Audit/Finance Committee a copy of a final, unsigned engagement letter from Deloitte for the
service, which will include a description of the services to be performed, a proposed
professional fee for the service, and a statement from Deloitte that, to the best of their
knowledge, the service is allowed under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. |
| |
| |
|
|
Following this discussion, the Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee, if he or she
believes it is in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders, will be allowed to
provide approval to management to proceed with the engagement of Deloitte to perform the
service. |
| |
| |
|
|
The Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee may choose to seek input and counsel from other
members of the Audit/Finance Committee or the Board of Directors when considering
managements recommendation. |
| |
| |
|
|
At each regularly scheduled meeting of the Companys Audit/Finance Committee, management
will report to the full Audit/Finance Committee the services that Deloitte has performed
since the last meeting, highlighting those services that were approved by the Chair of the
Committee since the last full Audit/ Finance Committee meeting. |
| |
| |
|
|
At any time the Audit/Finance Committee or Board of Directors may review the allowed
non-audit services that are performed by Deloitte and may direct management to reduce the
scope of the services performed by Deloitte. |
87
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act allows a de minimis exception from pre-approval of non-prohibited, non-audit
services in certain circumstances. The Audit/Finance Committees formal policy regarding the
approval of unapproved, non-prohibited, non-audit services that fall within the exception follows
the same process noted above. However, if the Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee believes that
the best interest of the Company and its shareholders is to terminate this service from Deloitte,
management will follow the directions of the Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee and terminate
such service. The Chair of the Audit/Finance Committee may also choose to defer a decision on
approval of such services until the next meeting of the Audit/Finance Committee, at which time the
Chair will discuss the services with the full Audit/Finance Committee and seek a determination from
the Committee as to the acceptability of engaging Deloitte to perform such services. If the Chair
of the Audit/Finance Committee chooses to defer approval of
unapproved, non-prohibited, non-audit
services, management and Deloitte will be responsible for verifying that the services continue to
meet the de minimis exception criteria. During fiscal year 2005, none of the fees noted under the
headings Audit-Related Fees or Tax Fees were approved by the Audit/Finance Committee pursuant
to the de minimis exception.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)The following documents are filed as part of this report:
| |
1) |
|
Consolidated Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at
Item 8 on page 32 of this report. |
| |
| |
2) |
|
Financial Statement Schedules: No schedules are required. |
| |
| |
3) |
|
Exhibits are incorporated herein by reference or are filed with this report as set
forth in the Index to Exhibits on pages 91 through 99 hereof. |
88
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
ALBERTSONS, INC.
By: /s/ Felicia D. Thornton
Felicia D. Thornton
(Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer)
Date:
March 28, 2006
89
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated as of
March 28, 2006.
| |
|
|
/s/ Lawrence R. Johnston
|
|
/s/ Felicia D. Thornton |
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Johnston |
|
Felicia D. Thornton |
(Chairman
of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer, President and
Director)
|
|
(Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Adrian J. Downes
|
|
/s/ A. Gary Ames |
|
|
|
Adrian J. Downes |
|
A. Gary Ames |
(Group Vice President
and Controller)
|
|
(Director) |
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Pamela G. Bailey
|
|
/s/ Teresa Beck |
|
|
|
Pamela G. Bailey
|
|
Teresa Beck |
(Director)
|
|
(Director) |
|
|
|
/s/ Henry I. Bryant |
|
|
|
|
|
Henry I. Bryant
|
|
Paul I. Corddry |
(Director)
|
|
(Director) |
|
|
|
/s/ Bonnie G. Hill
|
|
/s/ Jon C. Madonna |
|
|
|
Bonnie G. Hill
|
|
Jon C. Madonna |
(Director)
|
|
(Director) |
|
|
|
/s/ Beth M. Pritchard
|
|
/s/ Beatriz Rivera |
|
|
|
Beth M. Pritchard
|
|
Beatriz Rivera |
(Director)
|
|
(Director) |
|
|
|
/s/ Wayne C. Sales
|
|
/s/ Kathi P. Seifert |
|
|
|
Wayne C. Sales
|
|
Kathi P. Seifert |
(Director)
|
|
(Director) |
90
Index to Exhibits
Filed with the Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the
Year Ended February 2, 2006
Commission File No. 1-6187
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
2.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, among Albertsons, Inc., New Aloha Corporation,
New Diamond Sub, Inc., SUPERVALU INC., and Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., dated
as of January 22, 2006, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.01 of
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2006. |
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Purchase and Separation Agreement, by and among Albertsons, Inc., New Aloha
Corporation, SUPERVALU INC. and AB Acquisition LLC, dated as of January 22,
2006. |
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc.,
Albertsons, Inc., SUPERVALU INC., New Aloha Corporation, and the other sellers
thereto, dated as of January 22, 2006, is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 2.03 of Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2006. |
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1998. |
|
|
|
3.1.1
|
|
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
3.1.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 1997. |
|
|
|
3.1.2
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 3.1.2 of Form 10-K for the year ended January 28, 1999. |
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
By-Laws amended on March 15, 2001 and December 5, 2003 is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
1 of Form 8-A Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 4, 1997. |
|
|
|
4.1.1
|
|
Amendment No. One to Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement (dated August 2, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(b) of Amendment to Form 8-A
Registration Statement filed with the SEC on August 6, 1998. |
|
|
|
4.1.2
|
|
Amendment No. Two to Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement (dated March 16, 1999) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of Amendment to Form 8-A
Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 25, 1999. |
|
|
|
4.1.3
|
|
Amendment No. Three to Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement (dated September 26,
2003) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Amendment to Form 8-A
Registration Statement filed with the SEC on September 30, 2003. |
|
|
|
4.1.4
|
|
Amendment No. Four to Stockholder Rights Plan Agreement (dated January 22, 2006). |
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992, between Albertsons, Inc. and Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York as Trustee (the 1992 Indenture) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-41793)
filed with the SEC on December 9, 1997. (1) |
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Senior Indenture dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company and the
First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed by American Stores Company (Commission File
Number 1-5392) on June 12, 1995. (1) |
91
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
4.3.1
|
|
Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of January 23, 2004, between American
Stores Company, LLC (f/k/a American Stores Company) and J.P. Morgan Trust
Company, National Association, as successor trustee, is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.3.2 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 3, 2005. |
|
|
|
4.3.2
|
|
Supplement Indenture No. 2, dated as of July 6, 2005, between American Stores
Company, LLC and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as successor
trustee (including the form of guarantee), is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 12, 2005. |
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Form of Corporate Unit is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of
Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed with the SEC on
April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Form of Treasury Unit is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of
Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed with the SEC on
April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Form of Senior Note is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of
Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed with the SEC on
April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Form of Supplemental Indenture to the 1992 Indenture is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No.
333-113995) filed with the SEC on April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Form of Purchase Contract Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.7 of Registration Statement on Form
S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed
with the SEC on April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Form of Pledge Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of
Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed with the SEC on
April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Form of Remarketing Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9
of Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (Reg. No. 333-113995) filed with the SEC
on April 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
J. A. and Kathryn Albertson Foundation Inc. Stock Agreement (dated May 21, 1997)
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 1, 1997. |
|
|
|
10.1.1
|
|
Waiver regarding Alscott Limited Partnership #1 Stock Agreement (dated May 21,
1997) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 of Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended May 1, 1997. |
|
|
|
10.1.2
|
|
Waiver regarding Kathryn Albertson Stock Agreement (dated May 21, 1997) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 1, 1997. |
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Agreement between the Company and Gary G. Michael dated December 22, 2000 is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-K for the year ended
February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Form of Award of Deferred Stock Units is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 of Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Lawrence R. Johnston dated April
23, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Form 8-K filed
on April 26, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.4.1
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Lawrence R. Johnston
dated July 19, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 of
Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Form of Beneficiary Agreement for Key Executive Life Insurance is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended January
30, 1986.* |
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated February 1, 1989) is
incorporated herein |
92
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Form 10-K for the year ended
February 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.6.1
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 4, 1989) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended November 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.6.2
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 15, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.6.3
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated March 15, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.3 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.6.4
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated May 1, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.4 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Albertsons, Inc. Executive Officers Annual Incentive Compensation Plan is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 2, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
2000 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated January 1, 2000) is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.10.1
|
|
First Amendment to the 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated May 25, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.10.2
|
|
Second Amendment to the 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated July 18, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.10.3
|
|
Third Amendment to the 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 31, 2001)
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.10.4
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 22, 2003) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 29, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Letter Agreement between the Company and Robert J. Dunst, Jr. dated November 16,
2001 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended November 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Executive Pension Makeup Plan (amended and restated February 1, 1989) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.13.1
|
|
First Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (dated June 8, 1989) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 4, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.13.2
|
|
Second Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (dated January 12, 1990) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.2 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 1, 1990.* |
|
|
|
10.13.3
|
|
Third Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (dated January 31, 1990) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.3 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended August 2, 1990.* |
|
|
|
10.13.4
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (effective January 1, 1995) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.4 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 2, 1995.* |
93
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
10.13.5
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (retroactive to January 1, 1990) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.5 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 1, 1996.* |
|
|
|
10.13.6
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (retroactive to October 1, 1999) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.6 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.13.7
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Plan (dated June 1, 2001) is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13.7 of Form 10-K for the year ended January
30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Executive ASRE Makeup Plan (dated September 26, 1999) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.14.1
|
|
First Amendment to the Executive ASRE Makeup Plan (dated May 25, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14.1 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.14.2
|
|
Second Amendment to the Executive ASRE Makeup Plan (dated December 31, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14.2 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated February 1,
1989) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Form 10-K for the
year ended February 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.15.1
|
|
Amendment to Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 4,
1989) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of Form 10-Q for
quarter ended November 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.15.2
|
|
Amendment to Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 15,
1998) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7.1 of Form 10-K for the
year ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.15.3
|
|
Amendment to Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (dated May 1, 2001) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Executive Pension Makeup Trust (dated February 1, 1989) is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Form 10-K for the year ended February 2, 1989.* |
|
|
|
10.18.1
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Trust (dated July 24, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 of Form 10-K for the year
ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.18.2
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Trust (dated December 1, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 of Form 10-Q for quarter
ended October 29, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.18.3
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Trust (dated December 1, 1999) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18.3 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.18.4
|
|
Amendment to Executive Pension Makeup Trust (dated March 31, 2000) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18.4 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (dated February 1, 1989) is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Form 10-K for year ended February 2,
1989.* |
|
|
|
10.19.1
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (dated July 24, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19.1 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 3, 2000.* |
94
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
10.19.2
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (dated December 1, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19.1 of Form 10-Q for quarter
ended October 29, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.19.3
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (dated December 1, 1999) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19.3 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.19.4
|
|
Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Trust (dated March 31, 2000) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19.4 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
1990 Deferred Compensation Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.20 of Form 10-K for year ended January 31, 1991.* |
|
|
|
10.20.1
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated April 12, 1994) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended August 4, 1994.* |
|
|
|
10.20.2
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated November 5, 1997) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.2 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 29, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.20.3
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated November 1, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.3 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended October 29, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.20.4
|
|
Termination of 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 31, 1999) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.4 of Form 10-K for the year
ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.20.5
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated May 1, 2001) is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.5 of Form 10-K for the year ended January
30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.20.6
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December 31, 2001 to be
effective May 1, 2001) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20.6 of
Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 1991.* |
|
|
|
10.21.1
|
|
Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December
15, 1998) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21.1 of Form 10-K
for year ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.21.2
|
|
Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (dated March 15,
2001) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21.2 of Form 10-K for
the year ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.21.3
|
|
Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (dated May 1,
2001) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21.3 of Form 10-K for
the year ended January 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.21.4
|
|
Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (dated December
22, 2003) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21.4 of Form 10-K
for the year ended January 29, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
1990 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated November 20, 1990) is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Form 10-K for year ended January 31,
1991.* |
|
|
|
10.22.1
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated July 24, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.22.2
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated December 1, 1998) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 of Form 10-Q for quarter
ended October 29, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.22.3
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated December 1, 1999) is
incorporated herein by |
95
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
reference to Exhibit 10.22.3 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.22.4
|
|
Amendment to 1990 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated March 31, 2000) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.4 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
2000 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated January 1, 2000) is incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Form 10-K for year ended February 3, 2000.* |
|
|
|
10.23.1
|
|
Amendment to the 2000 Deferred Compensation Trust (dated March 31, 2000) is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23.1 of Form 10-K for year ended
February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (dated May 26, 1995) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.24 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 4, 1995.* |
|
|
|
10.24.1
|
|
Form of 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended February
1, 1996.* |
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 4, 1995.* |
|
|
|
10.25.1
|
|
Form of 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors Agreement is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended May 4, 1995.* |
|
|
|
10.25.2
|
|
Amendment to 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (dated March 15,
2001) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25.2 of Form 10-K for
the year ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.26
|
|
Amendment to Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (dated March
15, 2001) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26.1 of Form 10-K
for the year ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.30
|
|
American Stores Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 1998 Restatement
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form S-8 filed by American
Stores Company (Commission File Number 1-5392) on July 13, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.30.1
|
|
Amendment to American Stores Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 1998
Restatement, dated as of September 15, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 of Form 10-Q filed by American Stores Company (Commission File
Number 1-5392) on December 11, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and Stock Award Plan is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit B of the 1997 Proxy Statement filed by American
Stores Company (Commission File Number 1-5392) on May 2, 1997.* |
|
|
|
10.31.1
|
|
Amendment to American Stores Company 1997 Stock Option and Stock Award Plan,
dated as of October 8, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1
of Form 10-Q filed by American Stores Company (Commission File Number 1-5392) on
December 11, 1998.* |
|
|
|
10.31.2
|
|
Amendment to American Stores Company 1997 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors
(dated March 15, 2001) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31.2 of Form
10-K for the year ended February 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
American Stores Company 1997A Stock Option and Stock Award Plan, dated as of
March 27, 1997, is |
96
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the S-8
Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-82157) filed by Albertsons, Inc. on July
2, 1999.* |
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
American Stores Company 1997 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit C of the 1997 Proxy Statement filed
by American Stores Company (Commission File Number 1-5392) on May 2, 1997.* |
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
American Stores Company Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option and Stock Award
Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the S-8 Registration
Statement (Reg. No. 333-82157) filed by Albertsons, Inc. on July 2, 1999.* |
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.36
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.37
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.38
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.39
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.40
|
|
Letter Agreement between the Company and Felicia D. Thornton dated August 6,
2001 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended August 2, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.41
|
|
Albertsons Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November
1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.41.1
|
|
Form of 1995 Amended and Restated Stock-Based Incentive Plan Stock Option
Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41.1 to Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended November 1, 2001.* |
|
|
|
10.42
|
|
Albertsons Severance Plan for Officers, amended and restated as of June 1, 2005,
is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
November 3, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.43
|
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Chief Operating Officer and
Executive Vice Presidents effective November 1, 2002 is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.43 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents and
Group Vice Presidents effective November 1, 2002 is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.44 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.45
|
|
Albertsons Change of Control Severance Agreement for Vice Presidents effective
November 1, 2002 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.46
|
|
Albertsons Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Incentive Plan as amended
effective December 9, 2002 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 of Form
10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.46.1
|
|
Form of Award of Stock Option (Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based Plan) is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.46.2
|
|
Form of Award of Deferred Stock Units (Amended and Restated 1995 Stock-Based
Plan) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46.2 of Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended October 31, 2002.* |
|
|
|
10.47
|
|
Long-term Incentive Plan (effective as of February 1, 2003) is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.47 |
97
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.48
|
|
Form of Director Indemnification Agreement is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.47 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2003.* |
|
|
|
10.49
|
|
[Intentionally left blank] |
|
|
|
10.50
|
|
Albertsons, Inc. 2004 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 29,
2004.* |
|
|
|
10.51
|
|
Credit Agreement (364-day) (dated June 16, 2005) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.51 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2005. |
|
|
|
10.52
|
|
Credit Agreement (5-year) (dated June 17, 2004) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.52 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2004. |
|
|
|
10.53
|
|
Credit Agreement (5-year) (dated July 8, 2004) is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.53 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2004. |
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
Employment Agreement between Albertsons, Inc. and Paul Gannon, dated as of
December 15, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of Form
8-K filed with the SEC on December 20, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.55
|
|
Form of Award of Deferred Restricted Stock Units (Amended and Restated 1995
Stock-Based Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Form
8-K filed with the SEC on December 20, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.56
|
|
Form of Award of Deferred Restricted Stock Units (2004 Equity and Performance
Incentive Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 20, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.57
|
|
Form of Award of Deferrable Restricted Stock Units (Amended and Restated 1995
Stock-Based Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Form
8-K filed with the SEC on December 20, 2004.* |
|
|
|
10.58
|
|
Form of Non-Employee Director Deferred Share Units Agreement (Albertsons, Inc.
2004 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan) is incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.58 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.59
|
|
Letter Agreement between the Company and Clarence J. Gabriel, Jr., dated as of
May 9, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended May 5, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.59.1
|
|
Amendment to May 9, 2005 Letter Agreement between the Company and Clarence J.
Gabriel, Jr. dated as of November 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.59.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 3, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
Form of Award of Deferrable Restricted Stock Units (Albertsons, Inc. 2004
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.60 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.61
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Albertsons, Inc. 2004
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.61 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.62
|
|
Albertsons Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Trust dated as of August 1,
2004 by and between Albertsons, Inc. and Atlantic Trust Company, N.A. is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.62 |
98
| |
|
|
| Number |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended November 3, 2005.* |
|
|
|
10.63
|
|
Form of Award of Deferrable Restricted Stock Units (Albertsons, Inc. 2004
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan) is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.62 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 31, 2006.* |
|
|
|
21
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. |
|
|
|
23
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Deloitte & Touche LLP. |
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
32
|
|
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
| * |
|
Identifies management contracts or
compensatory plans or arrangements
required to be filed as an exhibit
hereto. |
| |
| (1) |
|
In reliance upon Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A)
of Regulation S-K, various other
instruments defining the rights of
holders of long-term debt of the
Registrant and its subsidiaries are not
being filed herewith, because the total
amount of securities authorized under
each such instrument does not exceed 10%
of the total assets of the Registrant and
its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a
copy of any such instrument to the SEC
upon request. |
99